]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
(mail-extr-all-top-level-domains): Update names.
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15381 46545))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
30
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
33
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
36
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
39
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
42 Mutate the result." t nil)
43
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
46
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
51
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (15564 31133))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
64
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67 This version was built on $Date: 2002/04/28 21:14:17 $.
68
69 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 \\{ada-mode-map}
71
72 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
73 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
74
75 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
76 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
77
78 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
79 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
80
81 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
82
83 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
84 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
85
86 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
87 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
88
89 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
90 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
91 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
92 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
93 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
94
95 If you use imenu.el:
96 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
97
98 If you use find-file.el:
99 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
101 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
102 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
103 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
104
105 If you use ada-xref.el:
106 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
107 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
108 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
109
110 ;;;***
111 \f
112 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
113 ;;;;;; (15539 41514))
114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
115
116 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
117 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
118
119 ;;;***
120 \f
121 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
122 ;;;;;; (15564 19762))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
124
125 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
126 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
127 Completion is available." t nil)
128
129 ;;;***
130 \f
131 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
132 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
133 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
134 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15583 21064))
135 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
136
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
140
141 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
142 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
143 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
144 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
145 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
146 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
147
148 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
149 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
150
151 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
152 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
153
154 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
155 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
156 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
157 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
158
159 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
160 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
161 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
162
163 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
164 current buffer to the complete file name.
165 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
166
167 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and site.
171
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
174
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
176
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
191
192 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
193 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
194 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
195 the change log file in another window." t nil)
196 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
197
198 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
199 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
200 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
201 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
202 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
203 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
204
205 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
206 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
207
208 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
209 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
210
211 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
212 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
213
214 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
215 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
216
217 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
218 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
219
220 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
221 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
222 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
223 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
224 `add-log-current-defun-function'
225
226 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
227
228 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands).
232
233 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
234 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
235
236 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
237 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
242 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15567
243 ;;;;;; 16402))
244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245
246 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
247 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
248 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
249 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
250 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
251 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
252 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
253 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
254 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
255 interpreted as `error'.")
256
257 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
258 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
259 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
260 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
261 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
262 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
263 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
264 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
265
266 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
267 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
268 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
269 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
270 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
271 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
272 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
273 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
274 will be overwritten with the new one.
275 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
276 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
277 will clear the cache." nil nil)
278
279 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
280 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
281 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
282
283 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
284 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
285 BODY... )
286
287 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
288 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
289 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
290 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
291 see also `ad-add-advice'.
292 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
293 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
294 before/around/after-advices will be used.
295 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
296 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
297 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
298 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
299 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
300 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
301
302 Semantics of the various flags:
303 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
304 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
305 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
306
307 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
308 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
309
310 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
311 advised function should be compiled.
312
313 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
314 during activation until somebody enables it.
315
316 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
317 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
318 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
319 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
320
321 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
322 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
323 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
324 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
325 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
326 during preloading.
327
328 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
329
330 ;;;***
331 \f
332 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
333 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
334 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15567 23556))
335 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
336
337 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
338 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
339 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
340 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
341 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
342 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
343 rule's `separate' attribute).
344
345 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
346 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
347 `separate' attribute set.
348
349 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
350 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
351 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
352 on the format of these lists." t nil)
353
354 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
355 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
356 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
357 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
358 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
359 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
360 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
361 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
362 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
363 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
364 options.
365
366 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
367 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
368
369 Fred (123) 456-7890
370 Alice (123) 456-7890
371 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
372 Joe (123) 456-7890
373
374 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
375 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
376 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
377
378 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
379 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
380 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
381 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
382 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
383 align that section." t nil)
384
385 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
386 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
387 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
388 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
389 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
390 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
391 been used to align that section." t nil)
392
393 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
394 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
395 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
396 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
397 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
398 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
399 to be colored." t nil)
400
401 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
402 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
403
404 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
405 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
406
407 ;;;***
408 \f
409 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
410 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15599 56288))
411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
412
413 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
414
415 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
416 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
417 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
418 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
419 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
420 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
421
422 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
423
424 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
425
426 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
427
428 ;;;***
429 \f
430 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
431 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15220 9096))
432 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
433
434 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
435 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
436 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
437 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
438 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
439 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
440 in the current window." nil nil)
441
442 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
443 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
444 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil)
445
446 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
447 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil)
448
449 ;;;***
450 \f
451 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
452 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15583 13478))
453 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
454
455 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
456 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
457
458 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
459 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
460
461 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
462 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
463 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
464 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
465
466 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
467 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
468
469 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
470
471 ;;;***
472 \f
473 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
474 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15408 52215))
475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
476
477 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
478 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
479 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
480 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
481 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
482 \\[yank].
483
484 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
485 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
486 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
487 the rules.
488
489 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
490 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
491 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
492 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
493
494 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
495 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
496 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
497
498 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
499 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
500 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
501
502 ;;;***
503 \f
504 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
505 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
506 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
507 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15362 27516))
508 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
509
510 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
511 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
512 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
513 as the first thing on a line.")
514
515 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
516 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
517
518 (defvar appt-audible t "\
519 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
520
521 (defvar appt-visible t "\
522 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
523
524 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
525 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
526
527 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
528 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
529
530 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
531 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
532
533 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
534 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
535 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
536
537 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
538 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
539 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
540
541 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
542 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
543
544 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
545 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
546 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
547 put in the appointments list.
548 02/23/89
549 12:00pm lunch
550 Wednesday
551 10:00am group meeting
552 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
553 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
554 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
555
556 ;;;***
557 \f
558 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
559 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15597
560 ;;;;;; 27578))
561 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
562
563 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
564 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
565
566 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
567
568 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
569 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
570 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
571 normal variables." t nil)
572
573 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
574
575 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
576 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
577 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
578 noninteractive functions.
579
580 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
581 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
582
583 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
584 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
585 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
586 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
587 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
588
589 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
590 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
591 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
592 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
593 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
594
595 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
596 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
597 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
598 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
599 bindings.
600 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
601
602 ;;;***
603 \f
604 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15591
605 ;;;;;; 63983))
606 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
607
608 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
609 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
610 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
611 Letters no longer insert themselves.
612 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
613 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
614
615 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
616 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
617 archive.
618
619 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
620
621 ;;;***
622 \f
623 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15425 19755))
624 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
625
626 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
627 Major mode for editing arrays.
628
629 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
630 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
631 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
632
633 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
634
635 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
636 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
637 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
638
639 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
640 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
641 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
642 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
643 The variables are:
644
645 Variables you assign:
646 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
647 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
648 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
649 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
650 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
651 row numbers in the buffer.
652
653 Variables which are calculated:
654 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
655 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
656
657 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
658 take a numeric prefix argument):
659
660 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
661 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
662 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
663 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
664
665 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
666 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
667 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
668 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
669
670 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
671 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
672 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
673 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
674
675 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
676 between that of point and mark.
677
678 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
679 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
680
681 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
682 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
683 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
684 newlines inside rows)
685
686 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
687
688 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
689
690 ;;;***
691 \f
692 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15490
693 ;;;;;; 41522))
694 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
695
696 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
697 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
698 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
699 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
700
701 How to quit artist mode
702
703 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
704
705
706 How to submit a bug report
707
708 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
709
710
711 Drawing with the mouse:
712
713 mouse-2
714 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
715 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
716 below).
717
718 mouse-1
719 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
720 or pastes:
721
722 Operation Not shifted Shifted
723 --------------------------------------------------------------
724 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
725 to new point
726 --------------------------------------------------------------
727 Line Line in any direction Straight line
728 --------------------------------------------------------------
729 Rectangle Rectangle Square
730 --------------------------------------------------------------
731 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
732 --------------------------------------------------------------
733 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
734 --------------------------------------------------------------
735 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
736 --------------------------------------------------------------
737 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
738 --------------------------------------------------------------
739 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
740 --------------------------------------------------------------
741 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
742 lines
743 --------------------------------------------------------------
744 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
745 --------------------------------------------------------------
746 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
747 --------------------------------------------------------------
748 Paste Paste Paste
749 --------------------------------------------------------------
750 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
751 --------------------------------------------------------------
752
753 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
754 or diagonally.
755
756 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
757 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
758 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
759 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
760 poly-lines.
761
762 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
763 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
764 overwrite means the opposite.
765
766 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
767 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
768 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
769
770 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
771
772 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
773 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
774
775 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
776 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
777 are currently drawing something.
778
779 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
780 some time to fill.
781
782
783 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
784 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
785
786
787 Settings
788
789 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
790
791 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
792
793 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
794
795 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
796
797 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
798 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
799
800 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
801
802
803 Drawing with keys
804
805 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
806 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
807 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
808 When erase characters: toggles erasing
809 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
810 When pasting: Pastes
811
812 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
813
814 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
815
816 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
817 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
818 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
819 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
820 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
821 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
822
823
824 Arrows
825
826 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
827 of the line/poly-line
828
829 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
830 of the line/poly-line
831
832
833 Selecting operation
834
835 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
836
837 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
838 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
839 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
840 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
841 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
842 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
843 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
844 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
845 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
846 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
847 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
848 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
849 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
850 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
851 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
852 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
853 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
854 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
855 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
856 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
857
858
859 Variables
860
861 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
862 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
863
864 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
865 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
866 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
867 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
868 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
869 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
870 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
871 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
872 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
873 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
874 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
875 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
876 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
877 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
878 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
879 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
880 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
881 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
882 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
883
884 Hooks
885
886 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
887 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
888
889
890 Keymap summary
891
892 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
893
894 ;;;***
895 \f
896 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
897 ;;;;;; 3352))
898 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
899
900 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
901 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
902 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
903
904 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
905 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
906 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
907 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
908
909 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
910 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
911
912 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
913 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
914
915 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
916
917 Special commands:
918 \\{asm-mode-map}
919 " t nil)
920
921 ;;;***
922 \f
923 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
924 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
925 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
926
927 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
928 Obsolete.")
929
930 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
931 This command is obsolete." t nil)
932
933 ;;;***
934 \f
935 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
936 ;;;;;; (14651 24723))
937 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
938
939 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
940 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
941 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
943 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
944
945 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
946
947 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
948
949 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
950 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
951 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
952 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
953 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
954 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
955 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
956 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
957 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
958 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
959
960 For example:
961 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
962 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
963 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
964 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
965 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
966
967 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
968
969 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
970 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
971 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
972 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
973 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
974
975 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
976
977 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
978
979 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
980 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
981 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
982 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
983 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
984 &c to supply digit arguments.
985
986 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
987
988 ;;;***
989 \f
990 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
991 ;;;;;; (15327 25266))
992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
993
994 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
995 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
996
997 ;;;***
998 \f
999 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1000 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15567 16400))
1001 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1002
1003 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1004 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1005 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
1006
1007 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1008 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1009 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1010 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
1011
1012 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1013 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1014 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1015 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1016 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1017
1018 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1019
1020 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
1021
1022 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1023 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1024 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1025 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1026
1027 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1028 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
1029
1030 ;;;***
1031 \f
1032 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1033 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1034 ;;;;;; (15428 59181))
1035 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1036
1037 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1038 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1039 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1040 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil)
1041
1042 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1043 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1044 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1045
1046 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1047 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1048 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1049
1050 ;;;***
1051 \f
1052 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1053 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 21129))
1054 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1055
1056 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1057 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1058 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1059
1060 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1061 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1062
1063 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1064 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1065 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1066
1067 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1068 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1069
1070 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1071 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1072
1073 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1074 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1075 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1076 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1077 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1078
1079 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1080
1081 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1082
1083 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1084 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1085
1086 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1087 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1088 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1089
1090 ;;;***
1091 \f
1092 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1093 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15197 22088))
1094 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1095
1096 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1097 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1098 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1099 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1100 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1101
1102 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1103
1104 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1105
1106 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1107 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1108 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1109 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1110
1111 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1112 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1113 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1114
1115 Effects of the different modes:
1116 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1117 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1118 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1119 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1120 a random distance & direction.
1121 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1122 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1123 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1124
1125 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1126
1127 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1128 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1129 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1130
1131 ;;;***
1132 \f
1133 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15303
1134 ;;;;;; 10362))
1135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1136
1137 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1138 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1139 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1140 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1141 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1142
1143 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1144
1145 ;;;***
1146 \f
1147 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1148 ;;;;;; (15251 14241))
1149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1150
1151 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1152 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1153
1154 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1155 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1156
1157 For example:
1158
1159 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1160 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1161 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1162 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1163
1164 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1165
1166 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1167
1168 ;;;***
1169 \f
1170 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1171 ;;;;;; (15380 36042))
1172 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1173
1174 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1175 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1176 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1177 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1178
1179 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1180 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1181 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1182 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1183 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1184 seconds." t nil)
1185
1186 ;;;***
1187 \f
1188 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15507
1189 ;;;;;; 55753))
1190 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1191
1192 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1193 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1194
1195 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1196 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1197 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1198 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1199 message.
1200
1201
1202 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1203
1204 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1205 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1206 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1207 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1208 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1209
1210 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1211 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1212 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1213 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1214 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1215 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1216
1217 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1218 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1219 BibTeX mode.
1220
1221
1222 Special information:
1223
1224 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1225
1226 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1227 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1228 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1229 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1230 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1231 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1232 current field.
1233 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1234 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1235
1236 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1237 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1238 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1239 bibtex-entry-format.
1240 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1241 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1242 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1243
1244 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1245 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1246
1247 The following may be of interest as well:
1248
1249 Functions:
1250 bibtex-entry
1251 bibtex-kill-entry
1252 bibtex-yank-pop
1253 bibtex-pop-previous
1254 bibtex-pop-next
1255 bibtex-complete-string
1256 bibtex-complete-key
1257 bibtex-print-help-message
1258 bibtex-generate-autokey
1259 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1260 bibtex-end-of-entry
1261 bibtex-reposition-window
1262 bibtex-mark-entry
1263 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1264 bibtex-ispell-entry
1265 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1266 bibtex-sort-buffer
1267 bibtex-validate
1268 bibtex-count
1269 bibtex-fill-entry
1270 bibtex-reformat
1271 bibtex-convert-alien
1272
1273 Variables:
1274 bibtex-field-delimiters
1275 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1276 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1277 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1278 bibtex-entry-format
1279 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1280 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1281 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1282 bibtex-predefined-strings
1283 bibtex-string-files
1284
1285 ---------------------------------------------------------
1286 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1287 non-nil.
1288
1289 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1290
1291 ;;;***
1292 \f
1293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15455 34046))
1294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1295
1296 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1297
1298 ;;;***
1299 \f
1300 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15393
1301 ;;;;;; 35394))
1302 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1303
1304 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1305 Play blackbox.
1306 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1307
1308 What is blackbox?
1309
1310 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1311 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1312 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1313 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1314 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1315 your score.
1316
1317 Overview of play:
1318
1319 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1320 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1321 four.
1322
1323 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1324 movement keys.
1325
1326 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1327 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1328
1329 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1330 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1331
1332 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1333 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1334 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1335 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1336 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1337 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1338
1339 Details:
1340
1341 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1342
1343 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1344 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1345 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1346 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1347
1348 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1349 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1350 denoted by the letter `R'.
1351
1352 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1353 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1354 denoted by the letter `H'.
1355
1356 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1357 example.
1358
1359 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1360 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1361 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1362 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1363 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1364 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1365 ray.
1366
1367 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1368 degree deflection it causes.
1369
1370 1
1371 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1372 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1373 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1374 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1375 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1376 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1377 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1378 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1379 2 3
1380
1381 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1382 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1383
1384
1385 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1386 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1387 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1388 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1389 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1390 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1391 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1392 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1393
1394 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1395 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1396 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1397 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1398 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1399 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1400 emerging from the box.
1401
1402 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1403
1404 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1405 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1406 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1407 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1408 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1409 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1410 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1411 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1412
1413 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1414 a reflection." t nil)
1415
1416 ;;;***
1417 \f
1418 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1419 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1420 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1421 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1422 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1423 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15618 26049))
1424 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1425 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1426 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1427 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1428
1429 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1430 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1431 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1432 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1433 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1434 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1435
1436 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1437
1438 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1439
1440 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1441
1442 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1443
1444 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1445
1446 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1447
1448 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1449
1450 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1451
1452 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1453
1454 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1455
1456 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1457
1458 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1459
1460 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1461
1462 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1463 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1464 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1465 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1466 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1467 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1468 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1469 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1470 recent one.
1471
1472 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1473 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1474 yank successive words.
1475
1476 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1477 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1478 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1479 name of the file being visited.
1480
1481 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1482 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1483 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1484
1485 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1486 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1487 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1488 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1489 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1490 this.
1491
1492 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1493 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1494 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1495 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1496
1497 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1498 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1499 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1500 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1501 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1502
1503 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1504 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1505 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1506 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1507
1508 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1509
1510 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1511 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1512 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1513 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1514
1515 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1516 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1517 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1518
1519 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1520 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1521 name." t nil)
1522
1523 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1524 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1525 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1526 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1527 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1528 this." t nil)
1529
1530 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1531 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1532 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1533 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1534 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1535 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1536 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1537 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1538
1539 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1540 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1541 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1542
1543 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1544 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1545 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1546 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1547 \(second argument).
1548
1549 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1550 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1551 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1552 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1553 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1554
1555 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1556 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1557 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1558 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1559
1560 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1561 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1562 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1563 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1564 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1565 while loading.
1566
1567 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1568 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1569 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1570 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1571 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1572 explicitly.
1573
1574 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1575 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1576 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1577 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1578
1579 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1580 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1581 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1582 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1583 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1584
1585 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1586
1587 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1588
1589 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1590 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1591 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1592 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1593 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1594 this.
1595
1596 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1597 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1598 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1599
1600 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1601 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1602 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1603 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1604 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1605 this.
1606
1607 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1608 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1609 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1610
1611 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1612 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1613 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1614
1615 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1616 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1617 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1618
1619 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1620 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1621 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1622 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1623 prompts for NEWNAME.
1624 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1625 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1626 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1627
1628 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1629 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1630 name.
1631
1632 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1633 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1634 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1635
1636 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1637 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1638 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1639 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1640 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1641 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1642
1643 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1644 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1645 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1646
1647 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1648
1649 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1650
1651 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1652
1653 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1654
1655 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1656
1657 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1658
1659 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1660
1661 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1662
1663 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1664
1665 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1666
1667 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1668
1669 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1670
1671 ;;;***
1672 \f
1673 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1674 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1675 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1676 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1677 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1678 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1679 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1680 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1681 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1682 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1683 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15510 21816))
1684 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1685
1686 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1687 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1688 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1689 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1690
1691 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1692 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1693 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1694 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1695 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1696
1697 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1698 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1699
1700 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1701 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1702
1703 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1704 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1705 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1706 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1707 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1708
1709 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1710 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1711 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1712
1713 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1714 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1715
1716 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1717 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1718 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1719 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1720 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1721 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1722
1723 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1724 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1725 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1726 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1727 narrowed." t nil)
1728
1729 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1730 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1731
1732 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1733 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1734
1735 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1736 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1737 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1738 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1739
1740 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1741 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1742 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1743 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1744
1745 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1746 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1747 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1748 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1749 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1750 to use." t nil)
1751
1752 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1753 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1754 Default to the URL around or before point.
1755
1756 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1757 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1758 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1759 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1760
1761 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1762 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1763
1764 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1765 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3." nil nil)
1766
1767 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1768 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1769 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1770 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1771
1772 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1773 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1774 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1775 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1776
1777 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1778 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1779
1780 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1781 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1782 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1783 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1784
1785 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1786 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1787 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1788 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1789
1790 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1791 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1792
1793 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1794 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1795 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1796 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1797
1798 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1799 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1800 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1801 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1802
1803 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1804 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1805 new tab in an existing window instead.
1806
1807 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1808 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1809
1810 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1811 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1812 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1813 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1814
1815 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1816 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1817 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1818 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1819
1820 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1821 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1822
1823 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1824 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1825
1826 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1827 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1828 program is invoked according to the variable
1829 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1830
1831 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1832 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1833 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1834 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1835
1836 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1837 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1838
1839 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1840 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1841 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1842
1843 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1844 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1845 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1846 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1847
1848 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1849 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1850 Default to the URL around or before point.
1851
1852 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1853 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1854 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1855
1856 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1857 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1858 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1859 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1860
1861 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1862 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1863
1864 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1865 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1866 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1867
1868 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1869 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1870 Default to the URL around or before point.
1871
1872 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1873 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1874 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1875
1876 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1877 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1878
1879 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1880 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1881 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1882 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1883
1884 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1885 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1886 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1887 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1888 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1889
1890 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1891 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1892 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1893 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1894
1895 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1896 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1897 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1898 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1899
1900 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1901 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1902
1903 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1904 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1905 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1906
1907 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1908 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1909 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1910 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1911 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1912 current one.
1913
1914 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1915 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1916 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1917 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1918
1919 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1920 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1921
1922 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1923 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1924 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1925 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1926 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1927 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1928
1929 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1930 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1931 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1932
1933 ;;;***
1934 \f
1935 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15387
1936 ;;;;;; 9932))
1937 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1938
1939 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1940 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1941
1942 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1943 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1944
1945 ;;;***
1946 \f
1947 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1948 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15354 40500))
1949 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1950
1951 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1952 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1953 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1954 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1955
1956 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1957 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1958 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1959 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1960
1961 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1962 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1963
1964 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1965 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1966 \\<bs-mode-map>
1967 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1968 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1969 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1970 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1971
1972 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1973 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1974 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1975 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1976 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1977
1978 ;;;***
1979 \f
1980 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
1981 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15412
1982 ;;;;;; 6557))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
1984
1985 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
1986 Keymap used by buttons.")
1987
1988 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
1989 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
1990 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
1991
1992 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
1993 Define a `button type' called NAME.
1994 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1995 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
1996 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
1997 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
1998
1999 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2000 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2001 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2002 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil)
2003
2004 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2005 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2006 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2007 specifying properties to add to the button.
2008 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2009 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2010 `define-button-type'.
2011
2012 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil)
2013
2014 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2015 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2016 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2017 specifying properties to add to the button.
2018 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2019 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2020 `define-button-type'.
2021
2022 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil)
2023
2024 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2025 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2026 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2027 specifying properties to add to the button.
2028 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2029 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2030 `define-button-type'.
2031
2032 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2033 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2034 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2035 `make-text-button'.
2036
2037 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil)
2038
2039 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2040 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2041 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2042 specifying properties to add to the button.
2043 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2044 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2045 `define-button-type'.
2046
2047 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2048 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2049 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2050 `insert-text-button'.
2051
2052 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil)
2053
2054 ;;;***
2055 \f
2056 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2057 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2058 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2059 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2060 ;;;;;; (15613 3486))
2061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2062
2063 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2064 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2065 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
2066
2067 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2068 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2069 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2070 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2071
2072 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
2073 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
2074 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
2075 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
2076
2077 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
2078
2079 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2080 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2081
2082 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2083 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2084 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2085 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2086 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2087
2088 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2089 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2090 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2091 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2092
2093 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2094 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2095 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2096
2097 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2098 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2099 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2100 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2101 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2102 all functions called by those functions.
2103
2104 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2105 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2106 cons, etc.).
2107
2108 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2109 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2110 invoked interactively." t nil)
2111
2112 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2113 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2114 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2115 it won't work in an interactive Emacs." nil nil)
2116
2117 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2118 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2119 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2120 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2121 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2122 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2123 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2124 already up-to-date." nil nil)
2125
2126 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2127 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2128 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2129 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2130
2131 ;;;***
2132 \f
2133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15186 39912))
2134 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2135
2136 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2137
2138 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2139
2140 ;;;***
2141 \f
2142 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2143 ;;;;;; (15533 28772))
2144 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2145
2146 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2147 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2148 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2149 from the cursor position." t nil)
2150
2151 ;;;***
2152 \f
2153 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2154 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2155 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15605
2156 ;;;;;; 42983))
2157 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2158
2159 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2160 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2161
2162 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2163 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2164
2165 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2166 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2167 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2168 If nil, use original installation directory.
2169 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2170
2171 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2172 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2173
2174 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2175 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2176
2177 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2178 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2179 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2180
2181 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2182 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details." t nil)
2183
2184 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2185 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\"." t nil)
2186
2187 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2188 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window." t nil)
2189
2190 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2191 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator." t nil)
2192
2193 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2194 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2195 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2196 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form." nil nil)
2197
2198 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2199 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2200 This is most useful in the X window system.
2201 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2202 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press." t nil)
2203
2204 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2205 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2206 See calc-keypad for details." t nil)
2207
2208 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2209 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2210
2211 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2212 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2213
2214 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2215 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point." t nil)
2216
2217 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2218 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2219 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto." t nil)
2220
2221 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" nil nil (quote macro))
2222
2223 ;;;***
2224 \f
2225 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2226 ;;;;;; (15605 42983))
2227 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2228
2229 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2230 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc." nil nil)
2231
2232 ;;;***
2233 \f
2234 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15453
2235 ;;;;;; 16009))
2236 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2237
2238 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2239 Run the Emacs calculator.
2240 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2241
2242 ;;;***
2243 \f
2244 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2245 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2246 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2247 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2248 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2249 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2250 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2251 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2252 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2253 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2254 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2255 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2256 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2257 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2258 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2259 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2260 ;;;;;; (15533 28773))
2261 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2262
2263 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2264 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2265 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2266
2267 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2268 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2269 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2270 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2271 the screen.")
2272
2273 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2274 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2275 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2276 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2277 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2278
2279 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2280 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2281 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2282 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2283 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2284 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2285 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2286
2287 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2288 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2289 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2290 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2291 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2292
2293 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2294 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2295 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2296
2297 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2298 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2299 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2300
2301 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2302 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2303 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2304
2305 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2306 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2307 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2308 displayed.")
2309
2310 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2311 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2312 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2313
2314 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2315 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2316 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2317
2318 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2319
2320 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2321 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2322 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2323
2324 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2325 calendar.")
2326
2327 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2328 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2329 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2330
2331 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2332 calendar.")
2333
2334 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2335 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2336 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2337
2338 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2339 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2340 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2341 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2342 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2343
2344 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2345 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2346 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2347 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2348 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2349 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2350 a function is also provided for this:
2351 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2352
2353 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2354 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2355 date is not visible in the window.
2356
2357 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2358 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2359 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2360
2361 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2362 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2363
2364 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2365 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2366 date is visible in the window.
2367
2368 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2369 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2370 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2371
2372 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2373 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2374
2375 For example,
2376
2377 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2378
2379 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2380
2381 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2382 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2383
2384 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2385
2386 MONTH/DAY
2387 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2388 MONTHNAME DAY
2389 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2390 DAYNAME
2391
2392 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2393 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2394 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2395 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2396 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2397 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2398 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2399 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2400 respectively.
2401
2402 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2403 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2404 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2405
2406 DAY/MONTH
2407 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2408 DAY MONTHNAME
2409 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2410 DAYNAME
2411
2412 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2413 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2414
2415 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2416 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2417 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2418 window but will appear in a diary window.
2419
2420 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2421 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2422
2423 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2424 entries (in the default American style):
2425
2426 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2427 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2428 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2429 21: Payday
2430 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2431 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2432 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2433 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2434 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2435 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2436 &* 15 time cards due.
2437
2438 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2439 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2440 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2441 single diary entry
2442
2443 02/11/1989
2444 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2445 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2446 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2447 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2448 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2449 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2450
2451 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2452 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2453 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2454
2455 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2456
2457 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2458
2459 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2460 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2461 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2462 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2463 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2464 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2465 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2466 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2467 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2468
2469 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2470 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2471 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2472 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2473 for these functions for details.
2474
2475 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2476 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2477
2478 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2479 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2480
2481 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2482 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2483
2484 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2485 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2486
2487 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2488 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2489 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2490
2491 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2492 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2493 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2494
2495 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2496 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2497 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2498 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2499
2500 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2501 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2502 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2503 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2504
2505 DAY/MONTH
2506 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2507 DAY MONTHNAME
2508 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2509 DAYNAME
2510
2511 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2512 characters with or without a period.")
2513
2514 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2515 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2516 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2517
2518 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2519 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2520 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2521
2522 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2523 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2524 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2525
2526 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2527 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2528 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2529
2530 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2531 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2532 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2533 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2534 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2535 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2536
2537 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2538 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2539 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2540
2541 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2542 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2543 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2544 of the form
2545
2546 #include \"filename\"
2547
2548 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2549 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2550 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2551 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2552 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2553
2554 For example, you could use
2555
2556 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2557 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2558 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2559
2560 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2561 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2562 lexicographic order.")
2563
2564 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2565 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2566 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2567
2568 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2569 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2570 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2571 diary display.
2572
2573 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2574 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2575 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2576 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2577 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2578 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2579 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2580
2581 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2582 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2583 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2584 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2585 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2586 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2587 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2588 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2589
2590 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2591 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2592 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2593 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2594 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2595 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2596
2597 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2598 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2599
2600 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2601 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2602 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2603 of the form
2604 #include \"filename\"
2605 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2606 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2607 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2608 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2609 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2610
2611 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2612 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2613 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2614 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2615 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2616 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2617
2618 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2619 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2620 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2621 are holidays.")
2622
2623 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2624 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2625 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2626 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2627 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2628
2629 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2630
2631 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2632 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2633 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2634
2635 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2636
2637 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2638 *Oriental holidays.
2639 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2640
2641 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2642
2643 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2644 *Local holidays.
2645 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2646
2647 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2648
2649 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2650 *User defined holidays.
2651 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2652
2653 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2654
2655 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2656
2657 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2658
2659 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2660
2661 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2662
2663 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2664
2665 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2666
2667 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2668
2669 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2670
2671 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2672 *Jewish holidays.
2673 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2674
2675 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2676
2677 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2678 *Christian holidays.
2679 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2680
2681 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2682
2683 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2684 *Islamic holidays.
2685 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2686
2687 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2688
2689 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2690 *Sun-related holidays.
2691 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2692
2693 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2694
2695 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2696 The frame set up of the calendar.
2697 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2698 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2699 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2700 any other value the current frame is used.")
2701
2702 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2703 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2704 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
2705
2706 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
2707 See the documentation of that function for more information." t nil)
2708
2709 ;;;***
2710 \f
2711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15556 56060))
2712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2713
2714 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2715 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2716
2717 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2718 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2719
2720 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2721 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2722
2723 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2724 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2725
2726 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2727 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2728
2729 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2730 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2731
2732 ;;;***
2733 \f
2734 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2735 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2736 ;;;;;; (15613 3383))
2737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2738
2739 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2740
2741 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2742 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2743 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2744 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2745 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2746 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2747
2748 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2749
2750 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2751 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2752 run first.
2753
2754 Key bindings:
2755 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2756
2757 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2758 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2759 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2760 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2761 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2762 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2763 message.
2764
2765 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2766
2767 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2768 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2769 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2770
2771 Key bindings:
2772 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2773
2774 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2775 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2776 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2777 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2778 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2779 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2780 message.
2781
2782 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2783
2784 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2785 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2786 is run first.
2787
2788 Key bindings:
2789 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2790
2791 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2792 Major mode for editing Java code.
2793 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2794 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2795 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2796 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2797 message.
2798
2799 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2800
2801 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2802 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2803 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2804 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2805 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2806
2807 Key bindings:
2808 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2809
2810 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2811 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2812 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2813 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2814 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2815 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2816 message.
2817
2818 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2819
2820 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2821 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2822 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2823
2824 Key bindings:
2825 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2826
2827 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2828 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2829 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2830 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2831 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2832 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2833 message.
2834
2835 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2836
2837 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2838 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2839 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2840
2841 Key bindings:
2842 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2843
2844 ;;;***
2845 \f
2846 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2847 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15556 56060))
2848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2849
2850 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2851 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2852 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2853 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2854 for details of setting up styles.
2855
2856 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2857 style name.
2858
2859 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2860 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2861 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2862 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2863 will be reassigned.
2864
2865 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2866 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2867 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2868
2869 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2870 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2871 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2872 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2873
2874 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2875
2876 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2877 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2878 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2879
2880 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2881 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2882 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2883 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2884 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2885
2886 ;;;***
2887 \f
2888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15556 56060))
2889 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2890
2891 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2892 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2893 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2894 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2895 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2896
2897 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2898 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2899
2900 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2901 `infodock'.")
2902
2903 ;;;***
2904 \f
2905 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2906 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2907 ;;;;;; (15185 62673))
2908 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2909
2910 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2911 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2912
2913 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2914 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2915
2916 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2917 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2918
2919 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2920 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2921 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2922 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2923 execution.
2924
2925 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2926
2927 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2928 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2929
2930 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2931 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2932 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2933 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2934
2935 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2936 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2937 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2938 `write' commands.
2939
2940 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2941 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2942 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2943 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2944
2945 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2946 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2947 semantics.
2948
2949 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2950
2951 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2952
2953 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2954
2955 STATEMENT :=
2956 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2957 | TRANSLATE | END
2958
2959 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2960 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2961 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2962 | integer
2963
2964 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2965
2966 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2967 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2968 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2969
2970 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2971 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2972 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2973
2974 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2975 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2976
2977 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2978 BREAK := (break)
2979
2980 REPEAT :=
2981 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2982 (repeat)
2983 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2984 ;; (repeat))
2985 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2986 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2987 ;; (read REG)
2988 ;; (repeat))
2989 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2990 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2991 ;; (read REG)
2992 ;; (repeat))
2993 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2994
2995 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2996 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2997 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2998 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2999 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3000 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3001 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3002 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3003 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3004 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3005 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3006 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3007 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3008 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3009 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3010 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3011
3012 WRITE :=
3013 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3014 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3015 ;; representation.
3016 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3017 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3018 ;; (write r7))
3019 | (write EXPRESSION)
3020 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3021 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3022 ;; representation.
3023 | (write integer)
3024 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3025 ;; buffer.
3026 | (write string)
3027 ;; Same as: (write string)
3028 | string
3029 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3030 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3031 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3032 ;; representation.
3033 | (write REG ARRAY)
3034 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3035 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3036 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3037 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3038 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3039 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3040
3041 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3042 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3043
3044 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3045 END := (end)
3046
3047 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3048 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3049 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3050
3051 ARG := REG | integer
3052
3053 OPERATOR :=
3054 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3055 + | - | * | / | %
3056
3057 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3058 | & | `|' | ^
3059
3060 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3061 | << | >>
3062
3063 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3064 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3065 | <8
3066
3067 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3068 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3069 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3070 | >8
3071
3072 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3073 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3074 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3075 | //
3076
3077 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3078 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3079
3080 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3081 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3082 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3083 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3084 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3085 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3086 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3087 | de-sjis
3088
3089 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3090 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3091 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3092 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3093 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3094 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3095 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3096 ;; byte of SJIS.
3097 | en-sjis
3098
3099 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3100 ;; Same meaning as C code
3101 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3102
3103 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3104 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3105 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3106 | <8=
3107
3108 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3109 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3110 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3111
3112 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3113 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3114 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3115 | //=
3116
3117 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3118
3119
3120 TRANSLATE :=
3121 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3122 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3123 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3124 MAP :=
3125 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3126 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3127 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3128 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3129 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3130 MAP-ID := integer
3131 " nil (quote macro))
3132
3133 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3134 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3135 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3136 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3137 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3138 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
3139
3140 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3141 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3142 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3143
3144 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
3145
3146 ;;;***
3147 \f
3148 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3149 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3150 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3151 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3152 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3153 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3154 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3155 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3156 ;;;;;; (15583 13479))
3157 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3158
3159 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3160 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
3161 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
3162 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3163
3164 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3165 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3166 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3167 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3168 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3169 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3170 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3171 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3172
3173 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3174 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3175 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3176 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3177 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3178 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3179 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3180 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3181
3182 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3183 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3184 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3185 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3186 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3187
3188 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3189 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3190 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3191 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3192 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3193
3194 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3195 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3196 Only documentation strings are checked.
3197 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3198 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3199 a separate buffer." t nil)
3200
3201 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3202 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3203 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3204 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3205 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3206
3207 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3208 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3209 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3210 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3211 if there is one." t nil)
3212
3213 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3214 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3215 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3216 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3217 if there is one.
3218 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3219
3220 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3221 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3222 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3223
3224 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3225 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3226 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3227 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3228 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3229
3230 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3231 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3232 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3233 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3234 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3235 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3236
3237 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3238 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3239 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3240 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3241
3242 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3243 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3244 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3245 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3246
3247 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3248 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3249 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3250 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3251
3252 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3253 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3254 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3255 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3256
3257 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3258 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3259 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3260 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3261
3262 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3263 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3264 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3265 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3266
3267 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3268 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3269 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3270 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3271
3272 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3273 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3274 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3275 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3276
3277 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3278 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3279 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3280 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3281
3282 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3283 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3284 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3285
3286 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3287 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3288 checking of documentation strings.
3289
3290 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3291
3292 ;;;***
3293 \f
3294 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3295 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15391
3296 ;;;;;; 33361))
3297 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3298
3299 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3300 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3301 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3302
3303 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3304 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3305
3306 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3307 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3308 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3309
3310 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3311 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3312
3313 ;;;***
3314 \f
3315 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3316 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15569 44237))
3317 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3318
3319 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3320 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3321 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3322 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3323 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3324 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3325
3326 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3327 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3328 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3329 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3330 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3331
3332 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3333
3334 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3335 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3336 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3337 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3338 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3339
3340 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3341 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3342 \\{command-history-map}
3343
3344 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3345 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3346
3347 ;;;***
3348 \f
3349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15618 31188))
3350 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3351
3352 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3353 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3354 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3355 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3356 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3357 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3358
3359 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3360 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3361
3362 ;;;***
3363 \f
3364 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3365 ;;;;;; (15605 8122))
3366 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3367
3368 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3369
3370 ;;;***
3371 \f
3372 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3373 ;;;;;; (15250 27620))
3374 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3375
3376 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3377 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3378 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3379 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3380
3381 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3382 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3383 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3384
3385 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3386 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3387
3388 ;;;***
3389 \f
3390 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15394
3391 ;;;;;; 11979))
3392 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3393
3394 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3395 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3396 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3397 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3398 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3399 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3400 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3401 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3402
3403 ;;;***
3404 \f
3405 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3406 ;;;;;; (15591 63983))
3407 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3408
3409 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3410 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3411 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3412 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3413 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3414 ?* is used." nil (quote macro))
3415
3416 ;;;***
3417 \f
3418 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3419 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3420 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15507 55753))
3421 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3422
3423 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3424 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3425 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3426 ASCII table.
3427
3428 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3429 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3430 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3431 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3432
3433 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3434 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3435 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3436
3437 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3438 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3439 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3440
3441 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3442 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3443 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3444
3445 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3446 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3447
3448 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3449 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3450 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3451
3452 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3453 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3454
3455 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3456 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3457
3458 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3459 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3460 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3461
3462 ;;;***
3463 \f
3464 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3465 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3466 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3467 ;;;;;; (15588 11134))
3468 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3469
3470 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3471 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3472 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3473 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3474 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3475 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3476 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3477 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3478
3479 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3480
3481 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3482 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3483 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3484 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3485 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3486 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3487 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3488 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3489
3490 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3491
3492 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3493 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3494 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3495 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3496 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3497 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3498
3499 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3500 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3501 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3502
3503 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3504
3505 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3506 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3507 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3508
3509 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3510
3511 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3512 Send COMMAND to current process.
3513 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3514 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3515
3516 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3517 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3518 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3519 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3520
3521 ;;;***
3522 \f
3523 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15569
3524 ;;;;;; 44238))
3525 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3526
3527 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3528 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3529 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3530 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3531
3532 This command pushes the mark in each window
3533 at the prior location of point in that window.
3534 If both windows display the same buffer,
3535 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3536 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3537
3538 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3539 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3540 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3541
3542 ;;;***
3543 \f
3544 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3545 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3546 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3547 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15606 43524))
3548 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3549
3550 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3551 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3552
3553 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3554 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3555
3556 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3557 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3558 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3559 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3560 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3561
3562 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3563 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3564 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3565 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3566 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3567
3568 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3569 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3570 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3571 describing how the process finished.")
3572
3573 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3574 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3575 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3576 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3577
3578 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3579 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3580 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3581
3582 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3583 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3584 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3585 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3586
3587 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3588 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3589 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3590 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3591
3592 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3593 and move to the source code that caused it.
3594
3595 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3596 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3597
3598 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3599 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3600 Then start the next one.
3601
3602 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3603 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3604 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3605
3606 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3607 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3608 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3609 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3610 where grep found matches.
3611
3612 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3613 easily repeat a grep command.
3614
3615 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3616 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3617 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3618 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3619
3620 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3621 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3622 Collect output in a buffer.
3623 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3624 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3625
3626 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3627 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3628
3629 (defvar grep-tree-last-regexp "")
3630
3631 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3632 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3633 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3634 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3635 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3636
3637 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3638
3639 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3640 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3641 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3642 See `compilation-mode'.
3643 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3644
3645 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3646 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3647 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3648 See `compilation-mode'.
3649 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3650
3651 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3652 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3653
3654 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3655 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3656
3657 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3658 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3659 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3660 and start at the first error.
3661
3662 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3663 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3664 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3665 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3666 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3667 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3668
3669 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3670 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3671 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3672
3673 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3674 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3675 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3676
3677 ;;;***
3678 \f
3679 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3680 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
3681 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3682
3683 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3684 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3685 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3687 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3688
3689 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3690
3691 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3692
3693 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3694 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3695 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3696
3697 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3698 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3699 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3700 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3701
3702 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3703 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3704 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3705 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3706
3707 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3708 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3709 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3710 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3711
3712 ;;;***
3713 \f
3714 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3715 ;;;;;; (15394 12097))
3716 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3717
3718 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3719 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3720
3721 ;;;***
3722 \f
3723 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3724 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3725 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3726 ;;;;;; (15185 62672))
3727 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3728
3729 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3730 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3731 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3732 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3733 `make-composition'.
3734
3735 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3736
3737 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3738 | | 1:tc or top-center
3739 | | 2:tr or top-right
3740 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3741 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3742 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3743 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3744 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3745 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3746
3747 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3748 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3749 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3750 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3751 be added.
3752
3753 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3754 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3755 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3756
3757 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3758 | | |
3759 | global| |
3760 | glyph | |
3761 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3762 +----+--*--+
3763 | | new |
3764 | |glyph|
3765 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3766 ")
3767
3768 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3769 Compose characters in the current region.
3770
3771 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3772
3773 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3774 specifying the region.
3775
3776 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3777 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3778
3779 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3780 of the text in the region.
3781
3782 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3783
3784 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3785 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3786 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3787 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3788
3789 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3790 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3791 detail.
3792
3793 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3794 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3795 text in the composition." t nil)
3796
3797 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3798 Decompose text in the current region.
3799
3800 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3801 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3802
3803 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3804 Compose characters in string STRING.
3805
3806 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3807 the characters in it.
3808
3809 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3810 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3811 STRING respectively.
3812
3813 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3814 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3815 `compose-region' for more detail.
3816
3817 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3818 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3819 text in the composition." nil nil)
3820
3821 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3822 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3823
3824 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3825 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3826 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3827 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3828 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3829 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3830 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3831 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3832
3833 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3834 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3835
3836 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3837 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3838
3839 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3840 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3841
3842 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3843 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3844
3845 If no composition is found, return nil.
3846
3847 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3848 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3849
3850 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3851 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3852 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3853
3854 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3855
3856 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3857
3858 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3859 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3860 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3861
3862 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3863
3864 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3865
3866 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3867 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3868
3869 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3870 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3871 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3872 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3873 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3874 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3875 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3876 nil.
3877
3878 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3879 is:
3880 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3881 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3882
3883 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3884
3885 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3886 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3887
3888 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3889
3890 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3891 Compose last characters.
3892 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3893 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3894 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3895 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3896 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3897 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3898 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3899 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3900 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3901 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3902 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3903
3904 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3905 Convert CHAR to string.
3906 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3907
3908 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3909 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3910 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3911
3912 ;;;***
3913 \f
3914 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3915 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15365 62270))
3916 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3917
3918 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3919 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
3920 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3921 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3922
3923 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3924 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
3925 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3926 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3927
3928 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3929 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3930 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3931 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3932
3933 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3934 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)." nil nil)
3935
3936 ;;;***
3937 \f
3938 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3939 ;;;;;; (15458 48079))
3940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3941
3942 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3943 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
3944 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
3945 the current year after them. If necessary, and
3946 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
3947 following the copyright are updated as well." t nil)
3948
3949 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3950 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3951
3952 ;;;***
3953 \f
3954 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3955 ;;;;;; (15538 21135))
3956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3957
3958 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3959 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3960 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3961 Tab indents for Perl code.
3962 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3963 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3964
3965 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3966 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3967 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3968 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3969 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3970 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3971 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3972 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3973 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3974 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3975 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3976 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3977
3978 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3979
3980 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3981 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3982
3983 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3984
3985 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3986 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3987 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3988 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3989 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3990 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3991 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3992 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3993 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3994
3995 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3996
3997 bite if angry;
3998
3999 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4000 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4001 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4002 to nil.)
4003
4004 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4005 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4006 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4007
4008 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4009
4010 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4011 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4012 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4013 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4014 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4015
4016 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4017
4018 if (A) { B }
4019
4020 into
4021
4022 B if A;
4023
4024 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4025
4026 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4027 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4028 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4029 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4030 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4031 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4032 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4033 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4034 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4035 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4036 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4037 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4038 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4039
4040 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4041 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4042 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4043 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4044 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4045 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4046
4047 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4048 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4049 man via menu.
4050
4051 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4052 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4053 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4054 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4055 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4056
4057 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4058 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4059 span the needed amount of lines.
4060
4061 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4062 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
4063 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4064 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4065
4066 Variables controlling indentation style:
4067 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4068 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4069 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4070 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4071 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4072 `cperl-auto-newline'
4073 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4074 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4075 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4076 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4077 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4078 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4079 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4080 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4081 `cperl-indent-level'
4082 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4083 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4084 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4085 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4086 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4087 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4088 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4089 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4090 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4091 `cperl-brace-offset'
4092 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4093 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4094 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4095 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4096 `cperl-label-offset'
4097 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4098 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4099 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4100
4101 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4102 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4103 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4104 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4105 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4106
4107 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4108 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4109 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4110 \(both available from menu).
4111
4112 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4113 column 0 is indented on
4114 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4115
4116 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4117 with no args.
4118
4119 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4120 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4121 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
4122
4123 ;;;***
4124 \f
4125 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4126 ;;;;;; (15593 24727))
4127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4128
4129 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4130 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4131 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4132 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4133 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
4134
4135 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4136 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
4137
4138 ;;;***
4139 \f
4140 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4141 ;;;;;; (14632 7633))
4142 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4143
4144 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4145 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4146 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4147 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4148
4149 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4150 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4151
4152 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4153
4154 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
4155
4156 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4157 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4158 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
4159
4160 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4161
4162 ;;;***
4163 \f
4164 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4165 ;;;;;; (15366 56663))
4166 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4167
4168 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4169 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4170 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4171 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4172
4173 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4174 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4175 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4176 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4177
4178 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4179 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4180 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4181
4182 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4183 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4184 'bob', and 'eve'.
4185
4186 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4187 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4188 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4189
4190 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4191
4192 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4193 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4194 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4195
4196 ;;;***
4197 \f
4198 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4199 ;;;;;; (15609 17209))
4200 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4201
4202 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4203 Non-nil means that CUA emulation mode is enabled.
4204 In CUA mode, shifted movement keys highlight and extend the region.
4205 When a region is highlighted, the binding of the C-x and C-c keys are
4206 temporarily changed to work as Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste.
4207 Also, insertion commands first delete the region and then insert.
4208 This mode enables Transient Mark mode and it provides a superset of the
4209 PC Selection Mode and Delete Selection Modes.
4210
4211 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4212 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4213
4214 (custom-add-to-group (quote cua) (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4215
4216 (custom-add-load (quote cua-mode) (quote cua-base))
4217
4218 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4219 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4220 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4221 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4222 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4223 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings)." t nil)
4224
4225 ;;;***
4226 \f
4227 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4228 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4229 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4230 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4231 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4232 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4233 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
4234 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4235 ;;;;;; (15583 13478))
4236 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4237 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4238
4239 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4240 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4241
4242 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4243 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4244
4245 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4246 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4247
4248 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4249
4250 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4251 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4252 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4253
4254 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4255 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4256
4257 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4258 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4259
4260 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4261 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4262
4263 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4264 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4265
4266 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4267
4268 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4269 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4270 Return VALUE.
4271
4272 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4273 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4274
4275 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4276 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4277
4278 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4279 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4280
4281 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4282 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4283
4284 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4285
4286 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4287 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4288 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4289 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4290 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4291
4292 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4293 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4294
4295 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4296 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4297
4298 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4299
4300 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4301 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4302
4303 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4304 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4305 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4306 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4307 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4308
4309 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4310 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4311 version." t nil)
4312
4313 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4314
4315 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4316 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4317 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4318
4319 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4320 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4321 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4322
4323 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4324 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4325
4326 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4327 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4328
4329 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4330 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4331
4332 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4333 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4334
4335 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4336 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4337
4338 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4339 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4340 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4341 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4342 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4343 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4344 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4345
4346 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4347 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4348 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4349
4350 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4351 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4352
4353 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4354 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4355
4356 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4357 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4358 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4359 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4360 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4361 that option." nil nil)
4362
4363 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4364 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4365 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4366 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4367 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4368 that option." nil nil)
4369
4370 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4371 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4372
4373 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4374 File used for storing customization information.
4375 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4376 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4377 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4378
4379 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4380 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4381 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4382 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4383
4384 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4385 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4386
4387 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4388 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4389
4390 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4391 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4392 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4393
4394 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4395 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4396 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4397 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4398 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4399
4400 ;;;***
4401 \f
4402 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4403 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15540 34267))
4404 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4405
4406 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4407 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4408
4409 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4410 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4411 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4412
4413 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4414
4415 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4416 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4417 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4418
4419 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4420
4421 ;;;***
4422 \f
4423 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4424 ;;;;;; (15415 19689))
4425 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4426
4427 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4428 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4429
4430 ;;;***
4431 \f
4432 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4433 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 21135))
4434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4435
4436 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4437 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4438
4439 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4440 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4441 C++ modes are included.
4442
4443 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4444
4445 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4446 Turn on CWarn mode.
4447
4448 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4449 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4450
4451 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
4452 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
4453 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4454 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4455 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
4456
4457 (custom-add-to-group (quote cwarn) (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4458
4459 (custom-add-load (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote cwarn))
4460
4461 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4462 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
4463 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4464 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
4465 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
4466
4467 ;;;***
4468 \f
4469 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4470 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4471 ;;;;;; (15458 48360))
4472 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4473
4474 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4475 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4476
4477 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4478 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4479
4480 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4481 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4482 For readability, the table is slightly
4483 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4484
4485 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4486 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4487 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
4488 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4489 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4490
4491 ;;;***
4492 \f
4493 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4494 ;;;;;; (15586 46350))
4495 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4496
4497 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4498
4499 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4500
4501 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4502 Completion on current word.
4503 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4504 and presents suggestions for completion.
4505
4506 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4507 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4508 completions.
4509
4510 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4511 then it searches *all* buffers.
4512
4513 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4514 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4515
4516 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4517 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4518
4519 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4520 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4521 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4522 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4523 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4524
4525 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4526 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4527
4528 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4529 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4530 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4531
4532 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4533 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4534
4535 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4536
4537 ;;;***
4538 \f
4539 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15363
4540 ;;;;;; 46803))
4541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4542
4543 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4544 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4545
4546 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4547 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4548 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4549
4550 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4551 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4552 Data lines are not indented.
4553
4554 Key bindings:
4555
4556 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4557 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4558
4559 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4560 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4561 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4562 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4563
4564 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4565
4566 dcl-basic-offset
4567 Extra indentation within blocks.
4568
4569 dcl-continuation-offset
4570 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4571
4572 dcl-margin-offset
4573 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4574
4575 dcl-margin-label-offset
4576 Indentation for a label.
4577
4578 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4579 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4580
4581 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4582 dcl-block-end-regexp
4583 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4584 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4585 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4586 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4587 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4588
4589 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4590 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4591 Two such functions are included in the package:
4592 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4593 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4594
4595 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4596 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4597 One such function is included in the package:
4598 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4599
4600 dcl-tab-always-indent
4601 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4602 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4603 margin.
4604
4605 dcl-electric-characters
4606 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4607 typed.
4608
4609 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4610 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4611 which words trigger electric indentation.
4612
4613 dcl-tempo-comma
4614 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4615 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4616 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4617
4618 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4619 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4620 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4621 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4622
4623 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4624 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4625 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4626 dcl-imenu-label-call
4627 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4628
4629 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4630 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4631 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4632 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4633
4634
4635 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4636
4637 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4638 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4639 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4640 $ i = 1
4641 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4642 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4643 $ label:
4644 $ if i.eq.1
4645 $ then
4646 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4647 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4648 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4649 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4650 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4651 \"lined up with the command line\"
4652 $ type sys$input
4653 Data lines are not indented at all.
4654 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4655 $ endif
4656 $
4657 " t nil)
4658
4659 ;;;***
4660 \f
4661 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4662 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15544 37708))
4663 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4664
4665 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4666
4667 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4668 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4669 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4670 of the evaluator.
4671
4672 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4673 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4674 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4675
4676 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4677 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4678 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4679 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4680 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4681 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4682 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4683
4684 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4685 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4686 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4687
4688 ;;;***
4689 \f
4690 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4691 ;;;;;; (15394 11149))
4692 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4693
4694 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4695 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4696
4697 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4698 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4699 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4700 Upper-case letters are commands.
4701
4702 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4703 modify it.
4704
4705 The most useful commands are:
4706 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4707 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4708 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4709 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4710 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4711 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4712
4713 ;;;***
4714 \f
4715 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4716 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15303
4717 ;;;;;; 63268))
4718 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4719
4720 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4721 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4722
4723 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4724 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4725
4726 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4727
4728 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4729 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4730
4731 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4732
4733 ;;;***
4734 \f
4735 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15372
4736 ;;;;;; 9207))
4737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4738
4739 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4740 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4741 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4742 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4743 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4744 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4745
4746 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4747
4748 Customization:
4749
4750 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4751 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4752 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4753 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4754 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4755 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4756 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4757 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4758 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4759 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4760 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4761 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4762 blank line.
4763 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4764 Directories to search when finding external units.
4765 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4766 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4767
4768 Coloring:
4769
4770 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4771 Face used to color delphi comments.
4772 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4773 Face used to color delphi strings.
4774 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4775 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4776 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4777 Face used to color everything else.
4778
4779 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4780 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4781
4782 ;;;***
4783 \f
4784 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15352
4785 ;;;;;; 42199))
4786 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4787
4788 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4789
4790 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4791 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4792 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4793 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4794 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4795
4796 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4797
4798 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4799
4800 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4801 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4802 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4803 positive.
4804
4805 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4806 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4807 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4808 any selection." t nil)
4809
4810 ;;;***
4811 \f
4812 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4813 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15383 8927))
4814 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4815
4816 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4817 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4818
4819 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4820
4821 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4822 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4823 or nil if there is no parent.
4824 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4825 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4826 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4827 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4828 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
4829
4830 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4831
4832 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4833
4834 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4835 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4836 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4837
4838 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4839 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4840
4841 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4842 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4843 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4844
4845 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4846 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4847
4848 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4849 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4850 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4851 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4852 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4853
4854 ;;;***
4855 \f
4856 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-text-at) "descr-text" "descr-text.el"
4857 ;;;;;; (15618 34771))
4858 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
4859
4860 (autoload (quote describe-text-at) "descr-text" "\
4861 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS." t nil)
4862
4863 ;;;***
4864 \f
4865 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4866 ;;;;;; (15501 5682))
4867 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4868
4869 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4870 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4871 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4872
4873 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4874 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4875 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4876 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4877
4878 ;;;***
4879 \f
4880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15400
4881 ;;;;;; 23222))
4882 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4883
4884 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
4885
4886 ;;;***
4887 \f
4888 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4889 ;;;;;; (15556 56042))
4890 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4891
4892 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4893 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4894 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4895 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4896 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4897
4898 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4899 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4900 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4901
4902 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4903 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4904 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4905 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4906
4907 #!/bin/sh
4908 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4909 emacs -batch \\
4910 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4911 european-calendar-style t \\
4912 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4913 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4914 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4915
4916 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4917 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4918 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4919 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4920
4921 ;;;***
4922 \f
4923 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4924 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15596 25372))
4925 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4926
4927 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4928 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4929
4930 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4931 *The command to use to run diff.")
4932
4933 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4934 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4935 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4936 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4937 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4938
4939 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4940 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4941 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4942 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4943 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4944
4945 ;;;***
4946 \f
4947 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4948 ;;;;;; (15410 13379))
4949 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4950
4951 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4952 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4953 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4954 normal diffs.
4955 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4956
4957 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4958 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4959 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4960
4961 ;;;***
4962 \f
4963 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4964 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4965 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4966 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4967 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15613 3383))
4968 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4969
4970 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4971 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4972 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4973 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4974 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
4975 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
4976 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
4977 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
4978
4979 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4980 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4981
4982 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4983 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4984 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4985 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4986 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4987
4988 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4989 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4990
4991 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4992 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4993 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4994 always set this variable to t.")
4995
4996 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4997 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4998 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4999 A value of t means move to first file.")
5000
5001 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5002 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5003 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5004 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5005 are afterward marked with that character.")
5006
5007 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5008 *Controls marking of copied files.
5009 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5010 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5011
5012 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5013 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5014 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5015 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5016
5017 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5018 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5019 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5020 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5021
5022 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5023 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5024 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5025 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5026
5027 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5028
5029 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5030 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5031 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5032 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5033
5034 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5035 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5036 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5037 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5038 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5039 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5040 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5041 list of files to make directory entries for.
5042 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5043 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5044 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5045 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5046
5047 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
5048 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5049
5050 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5051 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
5052 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5053
5054 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5055 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
5056
5057 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5058 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
5059
5060 ;;;***
5061 \f
5062 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5063 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5064 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5065 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5066 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5067 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5068 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5069 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5070 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5071 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5072 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5073 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5074 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15583 13479))
5075 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5076
5077 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5078 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5079 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5080 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5081 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5082 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5083 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5084
5085 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5086 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5087 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5088 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5089 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5090 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5091
5092 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5093 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5094 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
5095
5096 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5097 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5098
5099 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5100 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5101
5102 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5103 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5104 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5105 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
5106
5107 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5108 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5109 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5110 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5111 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5112
5113 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5114 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5115
5116 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5117 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5118 file name substituted for `?'.
5119
5120 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5121 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5122
5123 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5124 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5125 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5126 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
5127
5128 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5129
5130 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5131 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5132 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5133
5134 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5135 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5136 in a subdir.
5137
5138 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5139 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
5140
5141 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5142 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5143 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5144 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5145 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5146 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
5147
5148 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5149
5150 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5151 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5152
5153 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5154 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5155
5156 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5157 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5158
5159 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5160 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5161 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5162 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
5163
5164 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5165
5166 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5167
5168 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5169
5170 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5171
5172 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5173
5174 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5175 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
5176
5177 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5178 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5179 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5180 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5181 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5182 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5183 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5184 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5185 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5186
5187 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5188 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5189 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5190 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5191 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5192 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5193 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5194 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5195
5196 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5197 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5198 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5199 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5200 and new hard links are made in that directory
5201 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5202 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5203 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5204
5205 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5206 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5207 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5208 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5209 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5210 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5211
5212 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5213 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5214
5215 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5216 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5217 file if none are marked.
5218
5219 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5220 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5221 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5222 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5223
5224 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5225 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5226
5227 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5228 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5229 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5230
5231 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5232 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5233 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5234
5235 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5236 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5237 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5238
5239 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5240 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5241
5242 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5243 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5244
5245 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5246 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5247 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5248 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5249 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5250 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5251 this subdirectory.
5252 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5253
5254 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5255 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5256 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5257 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5258 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5259 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5260 this subdirectory.
5261 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5262
5263 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5264 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5265 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5266
5267 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5268 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5269 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5270 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5271
5272 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5273 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5274 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5275 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5276
5277 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5278 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5279 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5280
5281 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5282 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5283
5284 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5285 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5286
5287 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5288 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5289 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5290 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5291
5292 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5293 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5294 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5295 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5296
5297 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5298 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5299 Stops when a match is found.
5300 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5301
5302 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5303 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5304 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5305 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
5306 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5307
5308 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5309 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5310 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5311 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5312
5313 ;;;***
5314 \f
5315 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15415 19784))
5316 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5317
5318 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5319 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5320 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5321 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5322 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5323 buffer and try again." t nil)
5324
5325 ;;;***
5326 \f
5327 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
5328 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5329
5330 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5331 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5332 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5333
5334 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5335
5336 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5337 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5338
5339 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5340 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5341 " nil nil)
5342
5343 ;;;***
5344 \f
5345 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5346 ;;;;;; 9615))
5347 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5348
5349 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5350 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5351 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5352 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5353 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5354 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5355
5356 ;;;***
5357 \f
5358 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5359 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5360 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5361 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5362 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15369 56725))
5363 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5364
5365 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5366 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5367
5368 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5369 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5370 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5371 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5372 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5373
5374 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5375 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5376 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5377 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5378 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5379
5380 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5381 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5382
5383 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5384 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5385
5386 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5387 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5388
5389 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5390 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5391
5392 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5393 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5394
5395 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5396 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5397 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5398 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5399
5400 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5401 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5402 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5403 X frame." nil nil)
5404
5405 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5406 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5407
5408 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5409 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5410
5411 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5412 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5413
5414 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5415 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5416 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5417 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5418
5419 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5420 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5421 European character display.
5422
5423 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5424 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5425 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5426 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5427
5428 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5429 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5430 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5431 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5432 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5433
5434 ;;;***
5435 \f
5436 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5437 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
5438 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5439
5440 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5441 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5442 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5443 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5444 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5445 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5446 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5447 Default is 2." t nil)
5448
5449 ;;;***
5450 \f
5451 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15317 38827))
5452 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5453
5454 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5455 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5456
5457 ;;;***
5458 \f
5459 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5460 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
5461 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5462
5463 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5464 Toggle Double mode.
5465 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5466 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5467
5468 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5469
5470 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5471
5472 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5473 Toggle Double mode.
5474 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5475
5476 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5477 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5478
5479 ;;;***
5480 \f
5481 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15186 44923))
5482 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5483
5484 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5485 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5486
5487 ;;;***
5488 \f
5489 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5490 ;;;;;; (15232 59206))
5491 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5492
5493 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5494 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5495
5496 ;;;***
5497 \f
5498 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5499 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5500 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15491 62641))
5501 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5502
5503 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5504
5505 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5506 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5507 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5508 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5509
5510 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5511 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5512 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5513 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5514 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5515 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5516 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5517 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5518 used (see below).
5519
5520 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5521 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5522 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5523 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5524 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5525 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5526 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5527 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5528 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5529
5530 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5531 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5532 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5533 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5534 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5535 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5536
5537 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5538 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5539 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5540 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5541 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5542 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5543 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5544
5545 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5546
5547 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5548 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5549 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5550
5551 ;;;***
5552 \f
5553 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5554 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15587
5555 ;;;;;; 64723))
5556 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5557
5558 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5559
5560 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5561 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5562 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5563 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5564
5565 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5566 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5567
5568 :filter FUNCTION
5569
5570 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5571 menu displayed.
5572
5573 :visible INCLUDE
5574
5575 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5576 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5577
5578 :active ENABLE
5579
5580 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5581 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5582
5583 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5584
5585 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5586
5587 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5588
5589 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5590 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5591
5592 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5593 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5594
5595 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5596
5597 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5598
5599 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5600
5601 :keys KEYS
5602
5603 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5604 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5605 computed automatically.
5606 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5607
5608 :key-sequence KEYS
5609
5610 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5611 menu item.
5612 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5613 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5614 keyboard equivalent.
5615
5616 :active ENABLE
5617
5618 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5619 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5620
5621 :included INCLUDE
5622
5623 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5624 expression has a non-nil value.
5625
5626 :suffix FORM
5627
5628 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5629 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5630
5631 :style STYLE
5632
5633 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5634 defined:
5635
5636 toggle: A checkbox.
5637 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5638 radio: A radio button.
5639 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5640 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5641 menu bar itself.
5642 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5643
5644 :selected SELECTED
5645
5646 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5647 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5648
5649 :help HELP
5650
5651 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5652
5653 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5654 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5655 as a solid horizontal line.
5656
5657 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5658
5659 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5660
5661 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5662 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5663 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5664 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5665
5666 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5667 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5668 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5669 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5670 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5671 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5672
5673 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5674 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5675 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5676
5677 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5678 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5679
5680 ;;;***
5681 \f
5682 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5683 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5684 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5685 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5686 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15279 28735))
5687 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5688
5689 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5690 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5691
5692 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5693 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5694
5695 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5696 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5697 it to the printer.
5698
5699 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5700 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5701 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5702 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5703
5704 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5705 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5706 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5707
5708 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5709 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5710 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5711 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5712
5713 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5714
5715 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5716 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5717 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5718
5719 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5720
5721 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5722 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5723
5724 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5725 The EPS file name has the following form:
5726
5727 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5728
5729 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5730 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5731
5732 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5733 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5734 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5735 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5736
5737 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5738
5739 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5740 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5741
5742 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5743 The EPS file name has the following form:
5744
5745 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5746
5747 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5748 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5749
5750 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5751 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5752 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5753 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5754
5755 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5756
5757 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5758
5759 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5760 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5761
5762 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5763 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5764
5765 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5766 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5767
5768 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5769 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5770
5771 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5772 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5773
5774 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5775 Set STYLE to current style.
5776
5777 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5778
5779 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5780 Reset current style.
5781
5782 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5783
5784 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5785 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5786
5787 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5788
5789 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5790 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5791
5792 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5793
5794 ;;;***
5795 \f
5796 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5797 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5798 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5799 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5800 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5801 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15496 13874))
5802 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5803
5804 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5805 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5806 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5807 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5808 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5809 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5810
5811 Tree mode key bindings:
5812 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5813
5814 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5815 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5816
5817 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5818 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5819 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5820 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5821 completion." t nil)
5822
5823 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5824 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5825 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5826 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5827
5828 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5829 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5830 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5831
5832 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5833 Search for call sites of a member.
5834 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5835 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5836 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5837 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5838
5839 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5840 Move backward in the position stack.
5841 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5842
5843 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5844 Move forward in the position stack.
5845 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5846
5847 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5848 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5849
5850 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5851 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5852
5853 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5854 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5855 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5856 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5857
5858 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5859 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5860
5861 ;;;***
5862 \f
5863 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5864 ;;;;;; (15345 22660))
5865 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5866
5867 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5868 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5869 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5870 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5871
5872 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5873 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5874 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5875
5876 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5877 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5878 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5879
5880 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5881
5882 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5883
5884 ;;;***
5885 \f
5886 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5887 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15185 49574))
5888 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5889
5890 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5891 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5892 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5893
5894 ;;;***
5895 \f
5896 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5897 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15544 37708))
5898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5899
5900 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5901 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5902 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5903 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5904 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5905
5906 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5907 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5908 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5909 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5910
5911 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5912 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5913 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5914 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5915
5916 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5917 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5918 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5919 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5920
5921 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5922
5923 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5924 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5925 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5926 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5927 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5928
5929 ;;;***
5930 \f
5931 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5932 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5933 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5934 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5935 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5936 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5937 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5938 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5939 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5940 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15513 1037))
5941 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5942
5943 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5944 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5945
5946 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5947 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5948
5949 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5950
5951 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5952
5953 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5954 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5955
5956 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5957
5958 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5959 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5960
5961 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5962
5963 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5964 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5965 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5966 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5967
5968 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5969
5970 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5971 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5972 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5973 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5974
5975 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5976
5977 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5978 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5979 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5980 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5981
5982 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5983
5984 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5985 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5986 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5987 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5988
5989 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5990
5991 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5992 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5993 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5994 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5995 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5996 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5997
5998 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5999 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
6000 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6001 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6002
6003 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
6004
6005 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6006 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
6007 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6008 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6009
6010 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
6011
6012 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
6013
6014 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6015 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
6016 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6017 follows:
6018 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6019 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
6020
6021 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
6022 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
6023 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6024 follows:
6025 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6026 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
6027
6028 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6029 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6030 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6031 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6032 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6033 region.
6034 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
6035 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
6036
6037 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
6038 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6039 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6040 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6041 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6042 region.
6043 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
6044 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
6045 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
6046
6047 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
6048
6049 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
6050 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
6051
6052 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6053 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
6054
6055 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
6056
6057 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
6058 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
6059
6060 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6061 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
6062
6063 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
6064 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
6065 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6066 buffer." t nil)
6067
6068 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6069 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
6070 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6071 buffer." t nil)
6072
6073 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
6074 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
6075 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
6076 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
6077
6078 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
6079 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
6080 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
6081 and don't ask the user.
6082 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
6083 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
6084
6085 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
6086 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
6087 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
6088 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
6089 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
6090 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
6091
6092 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
6093
6094 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
6095
6096 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
6097 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
6098 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
6099 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
6100 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
6101
6102 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
6103
6104 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
6105 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
6106 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
6107
6108 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
6109 Display Ediff's manual.
6110 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
6111
6112 ;;;***
6113 \f
6114 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
6115 ;;;;;; (15418 30513))
6116 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
6117
6118 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
6119
6120 ;;;***
6121 \f
6122 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
6123 ;;;;;; (15513 1037))
6124 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
6125
6126 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
6127 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
6128
6129 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
6130
6131 ;;;***
6132 \f
6133 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
6134 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15549 60238))
6135 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
6136
6137 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
6138 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
6139 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
6140 which see." t nil)
6141
6142 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
6143 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
6144 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
6145 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
6146
6147 ;;;***
6148 \f
6149 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
6150 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
6151 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
6152 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
6153 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
6154
6155 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
6156 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
6157 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
6158
6159 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6160 Edit a keyboard macro.
6161 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
6162 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
6163 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
6164 its command name.
6165 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
6166
6167 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6168 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
6169
6170 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6171 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
6172
6173 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6174 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
6175 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
6176 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
6177 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
6178 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
6179
6180 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
6181 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
6182 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
6183 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
6184
6185 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6186 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
6187 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
6188 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
6189 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
6190 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6191
6192 ;;;***
6193 \f
6194 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6195 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15424 44422))
6196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6197
6198 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6199 Set scroll margins.
6200 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6201 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6202
6203 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6204 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6205
6206 ;;;***
6207 \f
6208 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6209 ;;;;;; (15031 23821))
6210 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6211
6212 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6213 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
6214 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6215 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6216 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6217 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6218 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6219 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6220
6221 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6222 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6223
6224 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
6225 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6226 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6227 this value is non-nil.
6228
6229 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6230 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6231 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6232
6233 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6234 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6235 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6236
6237 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6238
6239 ;;;***
6240 \f
6241 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
6242 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15419 34666))
6243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6244
6245 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6246 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
6247
6248 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6249 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
6250 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6251
6252 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6253 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6254 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6255 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6256 from the documentation string if possible.
6257
6258 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6259 instead.
6260
6261 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
6262
6263 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6264 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6265
6266 ;;;***
6267 \f
6268 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15186
6269 ;;;;;; 56482))
6270 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6271
6272 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6273 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6274
6275 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6276 an elided material again.
6277
6278 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6279
6280 ;;;***
6281 \f
6282 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6283 ;;;;;; (15396 35994))
6284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6285
6286 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6287 Initialize elint." t nil)
6288
6289 ;;;***
6290 \f
6291 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6292 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15402
6293 ;;;;;; 37958))
6294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6295
6296 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6297 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6298 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6299
6300 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6301 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6302 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6303
6304 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6305 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6306 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6307
6308 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6309
6310 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6311 Display current profiling results.
6312 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6313 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6314 displayed." t nil)
6315
6316 ;;;***
6317 \f
6318 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6319 ;;;;;; (15593 24726))
6320 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6321
6322 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6323 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6324 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6325
6326 ;;;***
6327 \f
6328 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6329 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6330 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6331 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6332 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15400 23563))
6333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6334
6335 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6336
6337 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6338
6339 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6340
6341 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6342
6343 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6344
6345 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6346
6347 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6348
6349 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6350
6351 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6352
6353 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6354 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6355
6356 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6357 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6358
6359 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6360 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6361
6362 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6363 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6364
6365 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6366
6367 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6368
6369 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6370
6371 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6372
6373 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6374 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6375
6376 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6377 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6378
6379 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6380
6381 ;;;***
6382 \f
6383 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6384 ;;;;;; (15538 21134))
6385 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6386
6387 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
6388 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
6389 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6390 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6391 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
6392
6393 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6394
6395 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb))
6396
6397 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6398 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6399 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6400
6401 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6402 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6403 automatically.
6404
6405 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6406 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6407 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." t nil)
6408
6409 ;;;***
6410 \f
6411 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6412 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15535 38780))
6413 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6414
6415 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6416 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6417 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6418 text/enriched format.
6419 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6420
6421 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6422 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6423
6424 Commands:
6425
6426 \\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6427
6428 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6429
6430 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6431
6432 ;;;***
6433 \f
6434 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15470
6435 ;;;;;; 10677))
6436 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6437
6438 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6439 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6440
6441 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6442
6443 ;;;***
6444 \f
6445 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15470
6446 ;;;;;; 10698))
6447 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6448
6449 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6450 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6451
6452 ;;;***
6453 \f
6454 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6455 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15470 1515))
6456 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6457
6458 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6459 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6460 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6461 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6462 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6463 will begin. A new session is always created if the prefix
6464 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6465
6466 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6467 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6468 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6469
6470 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6471 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6472 The result might be any Lisp object.
6473 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6474 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6475 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6476
6477 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6478 Report a bug in Eshell.
6479 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6480 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6481
6482 ;;;***
6483 \f
6484 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6485 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6486 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6487 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6488 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6489 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6490 ;;;;;; (15593 24727))
6491 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6492
6493 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6494 *File name of tags table.
6495 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6496 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6497 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6498 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6499
6500 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6501 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6502 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6503 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6504
6505 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6506 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6507 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6508 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6509 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6510 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6511
6512 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6513 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6514 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6515 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6516 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6517 `auto-compression-mode').")
6518
6519 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6520 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6521 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6522 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6523 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6524
6525 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6526 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6527 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6528 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6529
6530 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6531 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6532 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6533 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6534 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6535
6536 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6537 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6538 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6539 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6540
6541 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6542 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6543 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6544 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6545 file the tag was in." t nil)
6546
6547 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6548 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6549 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6550 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6551 without directory names." nil nil)
6552
6553 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6554 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6555 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6556 but does not select the buffer.
6557 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6558
6559 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6560 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6561 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6562 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6563 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6564
6565 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6566
6567 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6568 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6569 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6570
6571 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6572
6573 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6574 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6575 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6576 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6577
6578 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6579 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6580 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6581 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6582 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6583
6584 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6585
6586 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6587 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6588 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6589
6590 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6591 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6592
6593 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6594 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6595 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6596 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6597 around or before point.
6598
6599 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6600 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6601 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6602 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6603 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6604
6605 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6606
6607 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6608 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6609 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6610
6611 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6612 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6613
6614 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6615 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6616 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6617 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6618 around or before point.
6619
6620 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6621 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6622 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6623 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6624 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6625
6626 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6627
6628 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6629 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6630 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6631
6632 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6633 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6634
6635 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6636 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6637 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6638
6639 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6640 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6641 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6642 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6643 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6644
6645 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6646
6647 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6648 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6649 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6650
6651 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6652 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6653 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6654
6655 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6656 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6657
6658 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6659 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6660 where they were found." t nil)
6661
6662 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6663 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6664
6665 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6666 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6667 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6668
6669 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6670 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6671
6672 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6673 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6674
6675 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6676 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6677 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6678 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6679
6680 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6681 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6682 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6683 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6684 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6685 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6686
6687 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6688 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6689 Stops when a match is found.
6690 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6691
6692 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6693
6694 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6695 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
6696 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6697 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6698 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6699
6700 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6701
6702 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6703 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6704 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6705 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6706 directory specification." t nil)
6707
6708 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6709 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6710
6711 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6712 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6713 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6714 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6715
6716 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6717 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6718 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6719 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6720 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6721
6722 ;;;***
6723 \f
6724 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6725 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6726 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6727 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6728 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6729 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6730 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6731 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15391 46451))
6732 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6733
6734 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6735
6736 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6737 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6738 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6739 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6740
6741 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6742 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6743 language.
6744
6745 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6746 even if the buffer is read-only.
6747
6748 See also the descriptions of the variables
6749 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6750 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6751
6752 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6753 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6754
6755 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6756 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6757
6758 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6759 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6760 language.
6761
6762 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6763 buffer is read-only.
6764
6765 See also the descriptions of the variables
6766 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6767 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6768
6769 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6770 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6771 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6772
6773 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6774 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6775
6776 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6777 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6778
6779 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6780 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6781
6782 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6783 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6784 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6785 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6786
6787 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6788 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6789 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6790 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6791
6792 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6793 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6794 the primary language.
6795
6796 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6797 buffer is read-only.
6798
6799 See also the descriptions of the variables
6800 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6801 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6802
6803 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6804 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6805 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6806 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6807
6808 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6809 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6810 primary language.
6811
6812 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6813 buffer is read-only.
6814
6815 See also the descriptions of the variables
6816 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6817 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6818
6819 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6820 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6821 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6822
6823 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6824 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6825
6826 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6827 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6828 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6829 3) convert the body into SERA.
6830
6831 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6832
6833 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6834 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6835 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6836
6837 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6838 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6839
6840 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6841 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6842
6843 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6844 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6845 be 1, 2, or 3.
6846
6847 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6848 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6849 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6850
6851 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6852
6853 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6854 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6855
6856 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6857 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6858 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6859
6860 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6861 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6862
6863 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6864 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6865
6866 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6867 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6868
6869 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6870 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6871
6872 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6873 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6874
6875 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6876 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6877
6878 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6879 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6880
6881 ;;;***
6882 \f
6883 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6884 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6885 ;;;;;; (15429 14345))
6886 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6887
6888 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6889 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6890 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6891 server for future sessions." t nil)
6892
6893 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6894 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6895
6896 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6897 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6898
6899 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6900 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6901 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6902 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6903 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6904 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6905 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6906 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6907 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6908 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6909 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6910 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6911
6912 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6913 Display a form to query the directory server.
6914 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6915 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6916
6917 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6918 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6919 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6920
6921 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6922
6923 ;;;***
6924 \f
6925 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6926 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6927 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 13186))
6928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6929
6930 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6931 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6932
6933 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6934 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6935
6936 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
6937 Display e-mail address and make it clickable." nil nil)
6938
6939 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6940 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6941
6942 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6943 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6944
6945 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6946 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6947
6948 ;;;***
6949 \f
6950 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6951 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 13344))
6952 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6953
6954 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6955 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6956 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6957
6958 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6959 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6960
6961 ;;;***
6962 \f
6963 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6964 ;;;;;; (15429 13512))
6965 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6966
6967 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6968 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6969
6970 ;;;***
6971 \f
6972 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6973 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6974 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15305 61706))
6975 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6976
6977 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6978 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
6979 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6980
6981 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6982 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6983 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6984 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6985 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6986 executable." t nil)
6987
6988 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6989 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6990 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6991
6992 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6993 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6994 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6995 file modes." nil nil)
6996
6997 ;;;***
6998 \f
6999 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
7000 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15363 54641))
7001 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
7002
7003 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
7004 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
7005 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
7006 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
7007
7008 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
7009
7010 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
7011 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
7012 to generate such functions.
7013
7014 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
7015 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
7016 beginning of the expanded text.
7017
7018 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
7019 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
7020 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
7021 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
7022
7023 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
7024
7025 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
7026 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7027 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
7028
7029 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
7030 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7031 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
7032 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
7033 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
7034
7035 ;;;***
7036 \f
7037 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15601 18545))
7038 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
7039
7040 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
7041 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
7042
7043 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
7044 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
7045 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
7046
7047 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
7048
7049 Key definitions:
7050 \\{f90-mode-map}
7051
7052 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7053
7054 `f90-do-indent'
7055 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
7056 `f90-if-indent'
7057 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
7058 `f90-type-indent'
7059 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
7060 `f90-program-indent'
7061 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
7062 (default 2).
7063 `f90-continuation-indent'
7064 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
7065 `f90-comment-region'
7066 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
7067 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
7068 `f90-indented-comment-re'
7069 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
7070 (default \"!\").
7071 `f90-directive-comment-re'
7072 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
7073 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
7074 `f90-break-delimiters'
7075 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
7076 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
7077 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
7078 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
7079 (default t).
7080 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
7081 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
7082 `f90-smart-end'
7083 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
7084 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
7085 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
7086 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
7087 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
7088 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
7089 `f90-leave-line-no'
7090 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
7091 `f90-keywords-re'
7092 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
7093
7094 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
7095 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7096
7097 ;;;***
7098 \f
7099 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
7100 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
7101 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
7102 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
7103 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15578 56997))
7104 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
7105 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
7106 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
7107
7108 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
7109 Menu keymap for faces.")
7110
7111 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
7112
7113 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
7114 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
7115
7116 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
7117
7118 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
7119 Menu keymap for background colors.")
7120
7121 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
7122
7123 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
7124 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
7125
7126 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
7127
7128 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
7129 Submenu for text justification commands.")
7130
7131 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
7132
7133 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
7134 Submenu for indentation commands.")
7135
7136 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
7137
7138 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
7139 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
7140
7141 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
7142
7143 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Text") (quote describe-text-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
7144
7145 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
7146
7147 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
7148
7149 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
7150 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
7151 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
7152 will not show through at all will be removed.
7153
7154 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
7155
7156 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7157 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7158 requested face.
7159
7160 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7161 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7162 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7163
7164 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
7165 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7166 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7167
7168 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7169 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7170 requested face.
7171
7172 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7173 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7174 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7175
7176 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
7177 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7178 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7179
7180 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7181 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7182 requested face.
7183
7184 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7185 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7186 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7187
7188 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
7189 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
7190 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
7191 is the menu item's name.
7192
7193 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7194 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7195 requested face.
7196
7197 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7198 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7199 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7200
7201 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7202 Make the region invisible.
7203 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7204 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7205
7206 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7207 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7208 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7209 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7210
7211 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7212 Make the region unmodifiable.
7213 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7214 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7215
7216 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7217 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7218
7219 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7220 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7221
7222 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7223 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
7224 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7225
7226 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7227 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7228
7229 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7230 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7231 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7232 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7233 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7234
7235 ;;;***
7236 \f
7237 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7238 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15363 46804))
7239 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7240
7241 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7242 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7243 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7244 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7245
7246 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7247
7248 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7249 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7250 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7251
7252 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7253 - When you save the file's buffer.
7254 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7255 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7256 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7257 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7258
7259 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
7260
7261 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7262 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7263 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7264 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7265
7266 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7267 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7268
7269 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7270
7271 ;;;***
7272 \f
7273 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7274 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7275 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15429 33864))
7276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7277
7278 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7279 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7280 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7281 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7282
7283 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7284 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7285
7286 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7287 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7288 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7289 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7290
7291 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7292 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7293 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7294 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7295 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7296
7297 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7298 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7299 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7300 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7301 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7302 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7303 internally by feedmail):
7304
7305 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7306 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7307 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7308 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7309
7310 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7311 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7312 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7313 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7314 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7315
7316 ;;;***
7317 \f
7318 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7319 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15576 17069))
7320 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7321
7322 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7323 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7324 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7325 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7326 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7327 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7328 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7329
7330 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7331 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7332 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7333 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7334 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7335 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7336 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7337
7338 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7339
7340 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
7341
7342 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7343 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7344 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7345 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7346 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7347 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7348
7349 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7350 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7351 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7352 Return value:
7353 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7354 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7355 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7356
7357 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7358 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7359
7360 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7361 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7362
7363 ;;;***
7364 \f
7365 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7366 ;;;;;; (15567 16400))
7367 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7368
7369 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7370 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7371 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7372 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7373 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7374 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7375 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7376 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7377 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7378 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7379
7380 ;;;***
7381 \f
7382 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7383 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15593 24723))
7384 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7385
7386 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7387 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7388 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7389 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7390 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7391
7392 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7393 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7394 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7395 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7396
7397 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7398 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7399 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7400
7401 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7402
7403 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7404 as the final argument." t nil)
7405
7406 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7407 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7408 and run dired on those files.
7409 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7410 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7411
7412 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7413
7414 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7415 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
7416 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7417
7418 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
7419
7420 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7421
7422 ;;;***
7423 \f
7424 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7425 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7426 ;;;;;; (15561 55028))
7427 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7428
7429 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7430 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7431 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7432
7433 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7434
7435 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7436 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7437 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7438
7439 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7440 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7441
7442 Variables of interest include:
7443
7444 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7445 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7446 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7447
7448 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7449 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7450 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7451
7452 - `ff-ignore-include'
7453 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7454
7455 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7456 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7457
7458 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7459 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7460
7461 - `ff-special-constructs'
7462 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7463 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7464 extracting the filename from that construct.
7465
7466 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7467 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7468
7469 - `ff-search-directories'
7470 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7471 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7472
7473 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7474 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7475
7476 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7477 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7478
7479 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7480 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7481
7482 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7483 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7484
7485 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7486 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7487
7488 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7489 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7490
7491 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7492 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7493
7494 ;;;***
7495 \f
7496 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7497 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7498 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7499 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7500 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func"
7501 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (15588 20860))
7502 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7503
7504 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
7505 Search for SYMBOL.
7506 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
7507 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY." nil nil)
7508
7509 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7510 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7511
7512 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7513 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7514 not selected.
7515
7516 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7517 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7518 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7519
7520 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7521 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7522
7523 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7524 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7525 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7526 it is one of the current buffers.
7527
7528 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7529 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7530 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7531
7532 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7533 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7534
7535 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7536
7537 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7538 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7539
7540 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7541
7542 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7543 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7544
7545 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7546 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7547 not selected.
7548
7549 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
7550 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7551
7552 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7553 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7554
7555 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7556 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7557 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7558 it is one of the current buffers.
7559
7560 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7561 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7562 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7563
7564 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7565 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7566
7567 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7568
7569 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7570 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7571
7572 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7573
7574 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7575 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7576 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7577
7578 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7579 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7580
7581 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7582 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7583
7584 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7585 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7586
7587 ;;;***
7588 \f
7589 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7590 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15186 53885))
7591 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7592
7593 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7594 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7595
7596 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7597 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7598
7599 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7600 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7601
7602 ;;;***
7603 \f
7604 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7605 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15518 17562))
7606 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7607
7608 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7609 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7610
7611 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7612 Display FILE's commentary section.
7613 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7614
7615 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7616 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7617
7618 ;;;***
7619 \f
7620 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7621 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7622 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7623
7624 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7625 Toggle flow control handling.
7626 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7627 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7628
7629 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7630 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7631 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7632 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7633 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7634 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7635
7636 ;;;***
7637 \f
7638 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7639 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7640 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15577 29858))
7641 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7642
7643 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7644 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7645 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7646
7647 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7648 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7649
7650 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
7651
7652 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7653
7654 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7655 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7656 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7657 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7658 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7659 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7660
7661 Bindings:
7662 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7663 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7664 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7665
7666 Hooks:
7667 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
7668
7669 Remark:
7670 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7671 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7672 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7673
7674 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7675 consider adding:
7676 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7677 in your .emacs file.
7678
7679 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
7680 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7681
7682 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
7683
7684 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
7685 The flyspell version" t nil)
7686
7687 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7688 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7689
7690 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7691 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7692
7693 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7694 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7695
7696 ;;;***
7697 \f
7698 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7699 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7700 ;;;;;; (15436 15699))
7701 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7702
7703 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7704 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7705
7706 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7707 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7708
7709 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7710 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7711
7712 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7713 of two major techniques:
7714
7715 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7716 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7717 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7718
7719 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7720 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7721 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7722 movement commands.
7723
7724 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7725 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7726 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7727 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7728 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7729 mileage may vary).
7730
7731 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7732 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7733
7734 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7735
7736 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7737 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7738 \(This is the default.)
7739
7740 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7741 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7742
7743 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7744 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7745
7746 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7747 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7748
7749 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7750 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7751 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7752 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7753 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7754 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7755
7756 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7757 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7758 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7759
7760 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7761 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7762 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7763
7764 ;;;***
7765 \f
7766 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
7767 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15595
7768 ;;;;;; 18430))
7769 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7770
7771 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7772 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7773 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7774 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7775 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7776 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7777 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7778 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7779 end of the current highlighting list.
7780
7781 For example:
7782
7783 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7784 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7785 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7786
7787 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7788 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7789
7790 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7791 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7792 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7793
7794 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7795 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7796 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7797
7798 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7799 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7800
7801 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7802 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7803
7804 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7805 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7806 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7807
7808 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7809 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7810
7811 ;;;***
7812 \f
7813 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7814 ;;;;;; (15400 43360))
7815 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7816
7817 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7818 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7819 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7820 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7821 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7822
7823 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7824 compatibility.
7825
7826 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7827 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7828
7829 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7830
7831 ;;;***
7832 \f
7833 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15394
7834 ;;;;;; 11333))
7835 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7836
7837 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7838 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7839 \\<message-mode-map>
7840 key binding
7841 --- -------
7842
7843 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7844 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7845 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7846 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7847 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7848 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7849 " t nil)
7850
7851 ;;;***
7852 \f
7853 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7854 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15590 49016))
7855 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7856
7857 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7858 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7859
7860 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7861 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7862 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7863 C-c < forms-first-record <
7864 C-c > forms-last-record >
7865 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7866 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7867 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7868 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7869 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7870 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7871 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7872 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7873 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7874 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7875 " t nil)
7876
7877 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7878 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7879
7880 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7881 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7882
7883 ;;;***
7884 \f
7885 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7886 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15590 49021))
7887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7888
7889 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7890 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7891 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7892 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7893 with a character in column 6.")
7894
7895 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7896 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7897 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7898 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7899
7900 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7901 Fortran keywords.
7902
7903 Key definitions:
7904 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7905
7906 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7907
7908 `comment-start'
7909 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7910 set this to the string \"!\".
7911 `fortran-do-indent'
7912 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7913 `fortran-if-indent'
7914 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7915 `fortran-structure-indent'
7916 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7917 (default 3)
7918 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7919 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7920 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7921 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7922 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7923 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7924 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7925 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7926 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7927 (for TAB format continuation style).
7928 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7929 indentation for a line of code.
7930 (default 'fixed)
7931 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7932 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7933 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7934 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7935 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7936 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7937 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7938 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7939 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7940 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7941 column 5. (default 1)
7942 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7943 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7944 statements. (default nil)
7945 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7946 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7947 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7948 statement. (default nil)
7949 `fortran-continuation-string'
7950 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7951 line. (default \"$\")
7952 `fortran-comment-region'
7953 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7954 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7955 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7956 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7957 as typed. (default t)
7958 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7959 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7960 (default t)
7961
7962 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7963 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7964
7965 ;;;***
7966 \f
7967 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
7968 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15195 62737))
7969 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
7970
7971 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
7972 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
7973
7974 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7975 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7976
7977 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
7978 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
7979
7980 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7981 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7982
7983 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
7984 Compile fortune file.
7985
7986 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
7987 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
7988
7989 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
7990 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
7991
7992 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7993 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7994 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7995 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7996
7997 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
7998 Display a fortune cookie.
7999
8000 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8001 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8002 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8003 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8004
8005 ;;;***
8006 \f
8007 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode) "fringe" "fringe.el"
8008 ;;;;;; (15601 18543))
8009 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
8010
8011 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
8012 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
8013 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
8014 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
8015 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
8016 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
8017 specified, the user is queried.
8018 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
8019 future.
8020 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
8021 see `set-fringe-style'." t nil)
8022
8023 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
8024 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
8025 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
8026 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
8027 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
8028 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
8029 specified, the user is queried.
8030 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'." t nil)
8031
8032 ;;;***
8033 \f
8034 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
8035 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
8036 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
8037
8038 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
8039 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
8040
8041 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
8042 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
8043
8044 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
8045 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
8046 function.
8047
8048 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
8049 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
8050 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
8051 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
8052 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
8053 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
8054
8055 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
8056 Each keyword should be a string.
8057
8058 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
8059 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
8060
8061 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
8062 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
8063 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
8064
8065 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
8066
8067 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
8068
8069 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
8070 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
8071 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
8072 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
8073
8074 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
8075 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
8076
8077 ;;;***
8078 \f
8079 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
8080 ;;;;;; (15251 15718))
8081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
8082
8083 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
8084 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
8085 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
8086 at places they belong to." t nil)
8087
8088 ;;;***
8089 \f
8090 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
8091 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15410 32828))
8092 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
8093
8094 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
8095 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
8096
8097 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
8098 Read network news.
8099 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8100 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
8101 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8102 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
8103 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
8104
8105 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
8106 Read news as a slave." t nil)
8107
8108 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
8109 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
8110
8111 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
8112 Read network news.
8113 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8114 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8115 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
8116
8117 ;;;***
8118 \f
8119 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
8120 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
8121 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
8122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
8123
8124 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8125 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
8126
8127 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8128 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
8129
8130 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
8131 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
8132 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
8133 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
8134
8135 \(gnus-agentize)
8136
8137 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
8138 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
8139 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
8140
8141 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
8142 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
8143
8144 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
8145
8146 ;;;***
8147 \f
8148 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
8149 ;;;;;; (15587 64723))
8150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
8151
8152 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
8153 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
8154
8155 ;;;***
8156 \f
8157 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8158 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
8159 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8160
8161 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8162 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8163
8164 ;;;***
8165 \f
8166 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8167 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14860
8168 ;;;;;; 14811))
8169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8170
8171 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8172 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8173
8174 Usage:
8175 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8176
8177 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8178 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8179
8180 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8181 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8182
8183 ;;;***
8184 \f
8185 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8186 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15533 28774))
8187 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8188
8189 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8190 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8191 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8192
8193 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8194 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8195
8196 ;;;***
8197 \f
8198 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8199 ;;;;;; (14813 3418))
8200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8201
8202 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8203
8204 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8205 Run batched scoring.
8206 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8207
8208 ;;;***
8209 \f
8210 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8211 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15185 54813))
8212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8213
8214 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8215
8216 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8217 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8218
8219 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
8220
8221 ;;;***
8222 \f
8223 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8224 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8225 ;;;;;; (15383 46829))
8226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8227
8228 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8229 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8230 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8231 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8232 group parameters.
8233
8234 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8235 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8236 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8237 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8238
8239 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8240 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8241 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8242 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8243 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8244 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8245 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8246 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8247 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8248 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8249
8250 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8251 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8252 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8253
8254 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8255 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8256
8257 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8258 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8259 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8260
8261 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8262
8263 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8264 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8265 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
8266
8267 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8268
8269 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8270 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8271 existing groups are considered.
8272
8273 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8274 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8275 returned.
8276
8277 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8278 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8279 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8280 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8281 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8282 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8283 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8284 clauses will be generated.
8285
8286 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8287 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8288 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8289 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8290 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8291 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8292
8293 For example, given the following group parameters:
8294
8295 nnml:mail.bar:
8296 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8297 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8298 nnml:mail.foo:
8299 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8300 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8301 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8302 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8303 nnml:mail.others:
8304 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8305
8306 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8307
8308 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8309 \"mail.bar\")
8310 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8311 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8312 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8313
8314 ;;;***
8315 \f
8316 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8317 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8319
8320 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8321 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8322 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8323
8324 ;;;***
8325 \f
8326 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15470
8327 ;;;;;; 47364))
8328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8329
8330 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8331 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8332 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8333 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8334
8335 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8336
8337 ;;;***
8338 \f
8339 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8340 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
8341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8342
8343 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8344 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8345 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8346 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8347 part is ignored.
8348
8349 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8350 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8351 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8352
8353 ;;;***
8354 \f
8355 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8356 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8358
8359 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8360 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8361 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8362 for matching on group names.
8363
8364 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8365 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8366
8367 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8368
8369 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8370
8371 ;;;***
8372 \f
8373 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8374 ;;;;;; (14860 12426))
8375 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8376
8377 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8378 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8379
8380 ;;;***
8381 \f
8382 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8383 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15515 40561))
8384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8385
8386 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8387 Unload all Gnus features.
8388 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8389 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8390 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8391
8392 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8393 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8394
8395 ;;;***
8396 \f
8397 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8398 ;;;;;; (15272 56960))
8399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8400
8401 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8402 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8403
8404 ;;;***
8405 \f
8406 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15515 40568))
8407 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8408
8409 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8410 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8411
8412 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8413 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8414 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8415
8416 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8417 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8418 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8419
8420 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8421 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8422
8423 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
8424 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
8425
8426 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8427
8428 ;;;***
8429 \f
8430 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8431 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15302 11763))
8432 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8433
8434 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8435 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8436 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8437 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8438 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8439
8440 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8441 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8442 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8443 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8444 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8445
8446 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8447 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8448 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8449 or to send e-mail.
8450 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8451
8452 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8453 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8454
8455 ;;;***
8456 \f
8457 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15288 14339))
8458 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8459
8460 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8461 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8462 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8463 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8464 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8465
8466 ;;;***
8467 \f
8468 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8469 ;;;;;; (15522 14844))
8470 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8471
8472 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8473 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8474 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8475 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8476
8477 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8478 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8479 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8480 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8481
8482 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8483 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8484 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8485 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8486
8487 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8488 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8489 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8490 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8491
8492 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8493 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8494
8495 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8496 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8497 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8498 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8499
8500 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8501 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8502 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8503 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8504
8505 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8506 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
8507 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
8508 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
8509 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
8510
8511 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
8512 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
8513 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
8514 original source file access method.
8515
8516 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
8517 gud, see `gud-mode'." t nil)
8518 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8519
8520 ;;;***
8521 \f
8522 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15587
8523 ;;;;;; 64724))
8524 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8525
8526 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8527 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8528 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8529 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8530
8531 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8532 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8533 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8534 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8535
8536 ;;;***
8537 \f
8538 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8539 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
8540 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8541
8542 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8543 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8544
8545 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8546 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8547 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8548 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8549
8550 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8551
8552 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8553 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8554 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8555 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8556 to be updated." t nil)
8557
8558 ;;;***
8559 \f
8560 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
8561 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
8562 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15577 29856))
8563 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
8564
8565 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
8566 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
8567 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
8568 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
8569 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
8570 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil)
8571
8572 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
8573 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
8574 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library'
8575 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
8576 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
8577 to the specified name LIBRARY.
8578
8579 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
8580 is used instead of `load-path'.
8581
8582 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
8583 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
8584 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil)
8585
8586 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
8587 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil)
8588
8589 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" nil nil nil)
8590
8591 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
8592 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
8593 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil)
8594
8595 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
8596 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
8597 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
8598 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
8599 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil)
8600
8601 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
8602 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
8603 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
8604 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer." t nil)
8605
8606 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
8607 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
8608 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed." t nil)
8609
8610 ;;;***
8611 \f
8612 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8613 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
8614 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8615
8616 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8617 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8618 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8619 and window listing and describing the options.
8620 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8621 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8622
8623 ;;;***
8624 \f
8625 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
8626 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
8627 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15424 41953))
8628 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
8629
8630 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
8631 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
8632 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
8633 Commands:
8634 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil)
8635
8636 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8637
8638 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8639
8640 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
8641 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
8642
8643 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
8644 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
8645 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
8646 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
8647
8648 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
8649 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
8650 restore it properly when going back." nil nil)
8651
8652 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
8653 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
8654
8655 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and, if
8656 `help-highlight-p' is non-nil, highlight it with face defined by
8657 `help-highlight-face'; activate such cross references for selection
8658 with `help-follow'. Cross-references have the canonical form `...'
8659 and the type of reference may be disambiguated by the preceding
8660 word(s) used in `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8661
8662 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
8663 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
8664 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
8665 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8666
8667 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
8668 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
8669 that." t nil)
8670
8671 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8672 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
8673 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
8674 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
8675 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8676 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8677
8678 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8679 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
8680 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
8681 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8682 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8683
8684 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
8685 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil)
8686
8687 ;;;***
8688 \f
8689 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8690 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15185 49574))
8691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8692
8693 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8694 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8695
8696 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8697 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8698
8699 ;;;***
8700 \f
8701 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8702 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15490 51792))
8703 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8704
8705 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8706 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8707 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8708 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8709 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8710
8711 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8712 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8713
8714 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8715 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8716 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8717 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8718
8719 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8720 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8721 periods.
8722
8723 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8724 in hexl format.
8725
8726 A sample format:
8727
8728 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8729 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8730 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8731 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8732 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8733 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8734 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8735 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8736 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8737 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8738 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8739 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8740 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8741 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8742 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8743
8744 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8745 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8746 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8747
8748 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8749 also supported.
8750
8751 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8752
8753 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8754 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8755 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8756
8757 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8758 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8759 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8760
8761 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8762 into the buffer at the current point.
8763
8764 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8765 into the buffer at the current point.
8766
8767 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8768 into the buffer at the current point.
8769
8770 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8771
8772 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8773 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8774
8775 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8776
8777 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8778
8779 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8780 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8781 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8782
8783 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8784 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8785 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8786
8787 ;;;***
8788 \f
8789 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8790 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8791 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15450
8792 ;;;;;; 60623))
8793 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8794
8795 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8796
8797 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8798 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8799
8800 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8801
8802 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8803
8804 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8805 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8806
8807 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8808 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8809 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8810 which can be called interactively, are:
8811
8812 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8813 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8814
8815 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8816 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8817 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8818 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8819
8820 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8821 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8822
8823 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8824 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8825
8826 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8827 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8828 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8829 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8830 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8831 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8832
8833 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8834 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8835
8836 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8837 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8838 Hi-lock: FOO
8839 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8840 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8841 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8842 will be read until
8843 Hi-lock: end
8844 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8845
8846 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8847
8848 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8849 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8850
8851 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8852 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8853 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8854 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8855
8856 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8857
8858 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8859 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8860
8861 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8862 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8863 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8864 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8865
8866 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8867
8868 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8869 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8870
8871 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8872 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8873
8874 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8875
8876 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8877 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8878
8879 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8880 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8881 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8882 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8883 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8884
8885 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8886 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8887
8888 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8889 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8890 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8891
8892 ;;;***
8893 \f
8894 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8895 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15496 13874))
8896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8897
8898 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8899 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8900 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8901 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8902 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8903 how the hiding is done:
8904
8905 `hide-ifdef-env'
8906 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8907 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8908 is used.
8909
8910 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
8911 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8912 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8913 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8914 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8915
8916 `hide-ifdef-lines'
8917 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8918 #endif lines when hiding.
8919
8920 `hide-ifdef-initially'
8921 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8922 is activated.
8923
8924 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
8925 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8926 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8927
8928 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8929
8930 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8931 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8932
8933 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8934 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8935
8936 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8937 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8938
8939 ;;;***
8940 \f
8941 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8942 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15587 64724))
8943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8944
8945 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8946 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8947
8948 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8949 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8950 Each element has the form
8951 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8952
8953 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8954 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8955
8956 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8957 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8958
8959 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8960 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8961 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8962 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8963 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8964
8965 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8966 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8967
8968 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8969 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8970
8971 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8972 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8973 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8974
8975 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8976 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8977 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8978 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8979 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8980 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8981
8982 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8983 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8984 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8985
8986 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8987 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8988
8989 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8990
8991 Key bindings:
8992 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8993
8994 ;;;***
8995 \f
8996 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8997 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8998 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8999 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15556 56033))
9000 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
9001
9002 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
9003
9004 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
9005 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
9006 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
9007
9008 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
9009 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
9010
9011 Without an argument:
9012 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
9013 or passive state as determined by the variable
9014 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
9015 and passive state.
9016
9017 With an argument ARG:
9018 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
9019 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
9020 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
9021
9022 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
9023 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
9024 not displayed in a different face.
9025
9026 Functions:
9027 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
9028 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
9029 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
9030 buffer with the contents of a file
9031 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
9032 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
9033 various faces.
9034
9035 Hook variables:
9036 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
9037 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
9038 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9039
9040 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9041 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9042
9043 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9044 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9045
9046 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
9047 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
9048
9049 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
9050 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
9051 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
9052 shown in the last face in the list.
9053
9054 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
9055 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
9056 buffer to be saved):
9057
9058 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
9059
9060 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
9061 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
9062
9063 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
9064 and must not be read-only.
9065
9066 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
9067 this function is called interactively.
9068
9069 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
9070 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
9071 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
9072
9073 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
9074 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
9075 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
9076
9077 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
9078 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
9079
9080 When called interactively:
9081 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
9082 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
9083 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
9084 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
9085
9086 When called from a program:
9087 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
9088 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
9089 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
9090 - otherwise just turn it on
9091
9092 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
9093 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
9094 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
9095 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
9096
9097 ;;;***
9098 \f
9099 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
9100 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
9101 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
9102 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
9103 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15394 12491))
9104 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
9105
9106 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
9107 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
9108 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
9109 or insert functions in this list.")
9110
9111 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
9112 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
9113
9114 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
9115 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
9116
9117 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
9118 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
9119
9120 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
9121 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
9122
9123 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
9124 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
9125 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
9126
9127 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
9128 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
9129 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9130 \(as atoms)")
9131
9132 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
9133 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
9134 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9135 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
9136 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
9137
9138 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
9139 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
9140 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
9141 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
9142 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
9143 expansions.
9144 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
9145 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
9146 undoes the expansion." t nil)
9147
9148 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
9149 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
9150 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
9151 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
9152
9153 ;;;***
9154 \f
9155 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
9156 ;;;;;; (15522 14844))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
9158
9159 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9160 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
9161 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9162 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
9163 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
9164
9165 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
9166 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
9167 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9168 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9169 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
9170
9171 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9172
9173 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
9174
9175 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9176 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
9177 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9178 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
9179 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
9180
9181 ;;;***
9182 \f
9183 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
9184 ;;;;;; (15097 24075))
9185 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
9186
9187 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
9188 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
9189 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9190
9191 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9192
9193 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
9194 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
9195
9196 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
9197 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
9198
9199 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
9200
9201 ;;;***
9202 \f
9203 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
9204 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
9205 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
9206
9207 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
9208 This function is obsolete.
9209 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9210 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
9211
9212 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
9213 This function is obsolete.
9214 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9215 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9216
9217 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
9218 This function is obsolete.
9219 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9220 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9221
9222 ;;;***
9223 \f
9224 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
9225 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
9226 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
9227 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
9228 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
9229 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
9230 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
9231 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
9232 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
9233 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
9234 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
9235 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
9236 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
9237 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
9238 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
9239 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
9240 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
9241 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
9242 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
9243 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
9244 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
9245 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (15583 8288))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
9247
9248 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9249 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
9250 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
9251
9252 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9253 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse." t nil)
9254
9255 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9256 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point." t nil)
9257
9258 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9259 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse." t nil)
9260
9261 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9262 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line." t nil)
9263
9264 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9265 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9266
9267 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9268 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9269 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
9270 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9271 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
9272 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9273 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9274 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
9275 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
9276 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9277 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9278 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9279 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
9280
9281 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" nil nil nil)
9282
9283 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9284 Make the current filters into a filtering group." t nil)
9285
9286 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9287 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode." t nil)
9288
9289 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9290 Remove the first filter group." t nil)
9291
9292 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9293 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters." t nil)
9294
9295 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9296 Remove all filter groups." t nil)
9297
9298 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9299 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME." t nil)
9300
9301 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9302 Kill the filter group named NAME.
9303 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'." t nil)
9304
9305 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
9306 Kill the filter group at point.
9307 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'." t nil)
9308
9309 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
9310 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point." t nil)
9311
9312 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9313 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME." t nil)
9314
9315 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9316 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
9317 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
9318 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9319
9320 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9321 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
9322 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'." t nil)
9323
9324 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9325 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
9326 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
9327 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9328 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9329
9330 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
9331 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer." t nil)
9332
9333 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9334 Remove the top filter in this buffer." t nil)
9335
9336 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9337 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
9338
9339 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
9340 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
9341 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode]." t nil)
9342
9343 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9344 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer." t nil)
9345
9346 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9347 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer." t nil)
9348
9349 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9350 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
9351 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
9352 filter into parts." t nil)
9353
9354 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9355 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9356 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9357
9358 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9359 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'." t nil)
9360
9361 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9362 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters." t nil)
9363
9364 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9365 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9366 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9367 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9368 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9369 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9370 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
9371 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
9372 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
9373 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
9374 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
9375
9376 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9377 Toggle the current sorting mode.
9378 Default sorting modes are:
9379 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
9380 Name - the name of the buffer
9381 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
9382 Size - the size of the buffer" t nil)
9383
9384 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
9385 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order." t nil)
9386 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9387 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9388 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
9389 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
9390
9391 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9392 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package." t nil)
9393
9394 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
9395 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
9396 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
9397 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9398
9399 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9400 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
9401 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
9402 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9403
9404 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9405 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9406
9407 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9408 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
9409
9410 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
9411 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards." t nil)
9412
9413 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9414 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9415
9416 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9417 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'." t nil)
9418
9419 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
9420 Hide all of the currently marked lines." t nil)
9421
9422 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
9423 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME." t nil)
9424
9425 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
9426 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
9427 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'." t nil)
9428
9429 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
9430 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
9431 The names are separated by a space.
9432 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
9433 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete pathname of each marked file.
9434
9435 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with C-y.
9436
9437 [ This docstring shamelessly stolen from the
9438 `dired-copy-filename-as-kill' in \"dired-x\". ]" t nil)
9439
9440 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9441 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9442
9443 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9444 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP." t nil)
9445
9446 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9447 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9448
9449 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9450 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE." t nil)
9451
9452 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9453 Mark all modified buffers." t nil)
9454
9455 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9456 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file." t nil)
9457
9458 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9459 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist." t nil)
9460
9461 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9462 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*." t nil)
9463
9464 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9465 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days." t nil)
9466
9467 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9468 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'." t nil)
9469
9470 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9471 Mark all read-only buffers." t nil)
9472
9473 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9474 Mark all `dired' buffers." t nil)
9475
9476 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
9477 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
9478 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
9479 defaults to one." t nil)
9480
9481 ;;;***
9482 \f
9483 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
9484 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15618
9485 ;;;;;; 36529))
9486 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
9487
9488 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
9489 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
9490
9491 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
9492 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
9493 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
9494
9495 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
9496 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
9497 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
9498 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
9499 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
9500 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
9501
9502 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
9503 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
9504 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
9505 change its definition, you should explicitly call
9506 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'." nil (quote macro))
9507
9508 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9509 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
9510 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
9511 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
9512 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
9513
9514 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
9515 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
9516 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'." nil (quote macro))
9517
9518 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
9519 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
9520 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
9521 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
9522 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
9523 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
9524
9525 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
9526 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
9527 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
9528 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
9529 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
9530 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
9531 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
9532 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
9533 values are:
9534 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
9535 t - the function it always modifies buffers
9536 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
9537 buffer's modification flag.
9538 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
9539 prompted before performing this operation.
9540 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
9541 operation is complete, in the form:
9542 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
9543 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
9544 confirmation message, in the form:
9545 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
9546 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
9547 macro for exactly what it does." nil (quote macro))
9548
9549 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9550 Define a filter named NAME.
9551 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
9552 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
9553 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
9554
9555 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
9556 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
9557 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
9558 bound to the current value of the filter." nil (quote macro))
9559
9560 ;;;***
9561 \f
9562 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
9563 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15618 36814))
9564 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
9565
9566 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
9567 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
9568 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9569 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9570
9571 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
9572 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
9573 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9574 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9575
9576 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
9577 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
9578 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
9579
9580 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
9581 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
9582 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
9583 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
9584 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
9585 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
9586 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
9587 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
9588 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
9589 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
9590 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
9591 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
9592 locally in this buffer." t nil)
9593
9594 ;;;***
9595 \f
9596 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
9597 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15483 45647))
9598 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
9599
9600 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
9601 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
9602 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9603
9604 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9605 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9606 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9607
9608 ;;;***
9609 \f
9610 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14851 17580))
9611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9612
9613 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9614 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9615 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9616 Tab indents for Icon code.
9617 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9618 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9619 \\{icon-mode-map}
9620 Variables controlling indentation style:
9621 icon-tab-always-indent
9622 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9623 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9624 icon-auto-newline
9625 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9626 inserted in Icon code.
9627 icon-indent-level
9628 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9629 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9630 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9631 icon-continued-statement-offset
9632 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9633 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9634 icon-continued-brace-offset
9635 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9636 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9637 icon-brace-offset
9638 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9639 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9640 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9641 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9642
9643 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9644 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9645
9646 ;;;***
9647 \f
9648 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9649 ;;;;;; (15587 64724))
9650 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9651
9652 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9653 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9654 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9655 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9656
9657 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9658 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9659 separate frames.
9660
9661 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
9662
9663 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9664 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9665 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9666
9667 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9668
9669 ;;;***
9670 \f
9671 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9672 ;;;;;; (15587 64724))
9673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9674
9675 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9676 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9677
9678 The main features of this mode are
9679
9680 1. Indentation and Formatting
9681 --------------------------
9682 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9683 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9684
9685 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
9686 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
9687 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
9688 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9689
9690 Comments are indented as follows:
9691
9692 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9693 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9694 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9695
9696 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9697
9698 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
9699 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
9700 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
9701 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
9702 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
9703
9704 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9705 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
9706 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
9707
9708 2. Routine Info
9709 ------------
9710 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
9711 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
9712 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
9713 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
9714 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
9715 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
9716 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9717
9718 3. Online IDL Help
9719 ---------------
9720 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
9721 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9722 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9723 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9724 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9725
9726 4. Completion
9727 ----------
9728 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
9729 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9730 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9731 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9732 mixed or upper case.
9733
9734 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9735 --------------------------------
9736 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9737 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9738
9739 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9740 \\fu FUNCTION template
9741 \\c CASE statement template
9742 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9743 \\f FOR loop template
9744 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9745 \\w WHILE loop template
9746 \\i IF statement template
9747 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9748 \\b BEGIN
9749
9750 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9751 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9752
9753 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9754 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9755 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9756
9757 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9758 -------------------------
9759 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9760 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9761
9762 7. Automatic END completion
9763 ------------------------
9764 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9765 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9766
9767 8. Hooks
9768 -----
9769 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9770 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9771
9772 9. Documentation and Customization
9773 -------------------------------
9774 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
9775 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
9776 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
9777 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9778 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9779
9780 10.Keybindings
9781 -----------
9782 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9783 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9784 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9785
9786 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9787
9788 ;;;***
9789 \f
9790 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15482 24869))
9791 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9792 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9793
9794 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9795 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9796 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9797
9798 ;;;***
9799 \f
9800 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9801 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9802 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15501 5682))
9803 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9804
9805 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9806 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9807 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9808 be determined." nil nil)
9809
9810 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9811 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9812 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9813 be determined." nil nil)
9814
9815 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9816 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9817 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9818
9819 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9820 Create an image.
9821 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9822 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9823 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9824 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9825 use its file extension as image type.
9826 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9827 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9828 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9829 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9830
9831 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9832 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9833 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9834 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9835 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9836 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9837 POS may be an integer or marker.
9838 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9839 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9840 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9841 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9842
9843 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9844 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9845 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9846 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9847 defaulted if you omit it.
9848 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9849 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9850 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9851 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9852
9853 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9854 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9855 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9856 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9857
9858 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9859 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9860
9861 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9862
9863 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9864 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9865 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9866 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9867 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9868 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9869 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9870 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9871 satisfied.
9872
9873 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9874
9875 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9876 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9877
9878 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9879 documentation string.
9880
9881 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9882 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9883 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9884 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9885 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9886 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9887 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9888 define SYMBOL.
9889
9890 Example:
9891
9892 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9893 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9894
9895 ;;;***
9896 \f
9897 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9898 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9899 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15415 19725))
9900 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9901
9902 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
9903 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9904 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9905 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9906
9907 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9908 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9909 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9910 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9911
9912 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9913 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9914 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9915 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9916
9917 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9918 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9919 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9920 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9921
9922 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9923 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9924
9925 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9926 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9927 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9928 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9929
9930 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9931 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9932 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9933 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9934 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9935
9936 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9937
9938 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9939
9940 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9941 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9942 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9943 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9944
9945 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9946 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9947 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9948
9949 ;;;***
9950 \f
9951 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9952 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15510 21813))
9953 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9954
9955 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9956 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9957
9958 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9959
9960 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9961 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9962 in the buffer.
9963
9964 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9965
9966 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9967 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9968 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9969
9970 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9971 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9972
9973 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9974 to create a buffer index.
9975
9976 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9977 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9978 or like this:
9979 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9980 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9981 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9982 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9983 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9984
9985 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9986 entries are not nested.
9987
9988 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9989 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9990 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9991 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9992
9993 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9994 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9995
9996 The variable is buffer-local.
9997
9998 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9999 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
10000 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
10001
10002 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
10003 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
10004 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
10005 during matching.")
10006
10007 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
10008
10009 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
10010 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
10011
10012 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
10013 of the current buffer as an alist.
10014
10015 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
10016 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
10017 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
10018 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
10019 if it is a sub-alist.
10020
10021 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
10022
10023 The variable is buffer-local.")
10024
10025 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
10026
10027 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
10028 Function for finding the next index position.
10029
10030 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
10031 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
10032 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
10033 file.
10034
10035 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
10036 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
10037
10038 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10039
10040 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
10041
10042 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
10043 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
10044
10045 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
10046 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
10047 It should return the name for that index item.
10048
10049 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10050
10051 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
10052
10053 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
10054 Function to compare string with index item.
10055
10056 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
10057 non-nil if they match.
10058
10059 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
10060 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
10061 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
10062 arguments match\".
10063
10064 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10065
10066 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
10067
10068 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
10069 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
10070 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
10071
10072 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
10073
10074 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
10075
10076 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
10077
10078 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
10079 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
10080 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
10081 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
10082
10083 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
10084 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
10085
10086 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
10087
10088 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
10089 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
10090 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
10091 for more information." t nil)
10092
10093 ;;;***
10094 \f
10095 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
10096 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
10097 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15390 23523))
10098 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
10099
10100 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
10101 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. " t nil)
10102
10103 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10104
10105 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10106
10107 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10108
10109 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
10110 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
10111 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
10112 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
10113 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'." nil nil)
10114
10115 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
10116 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
10117 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
10118 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
10119 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'." nil nil)
10120
10121 ;;;***
10122 \f
10123 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
10124 ;;;;;; (15394 10957))
10125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
10126
10127 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
10128 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
10129 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
10130 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
10131 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
10132
10133 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
10134 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
10135
10136 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
10137 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
10138 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
10139 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
10140 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
10141 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
10142 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
10143 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
10144
10145 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
10146 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
10147 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
10148 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
10149 Inferior Lisp buffer.
10150
10151 This variable is only used if the variable
10152 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
10153
10154 More precise choices:
10155 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
10156 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
10157 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
10158
10159 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
10160
10161 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
10162 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
10163
10164 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
10165 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
10166 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
10167 to that buffer.
10168 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
10169 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
10170 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
10171 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
10172 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
10173
10174 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
10175
10176 ;;;***
10177 \f
10178 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
10179 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
10180 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15618 37554))
10181 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
10182
10183 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
10184 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
10185 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
10186
10187 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
10188 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
10189 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
10190 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
10191 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
10192 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
10193
10194 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
10195 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
10196
10197 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
10198 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
10199 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
10200
10201 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
10202 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
10203 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
10204 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
10205
10206 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
10207 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
10208
10209 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
10210 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
10211 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10212 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10213 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10214
10215 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
10216 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
10217 KEY is a string.
10218 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
10219 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10220 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10221 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10222
10223 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
10224 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
10225 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
10226
10227 ;;;***
10228 \f
10229 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
10230 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
10231 ;;;;;; (15440 59237))
10232 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
10233
10234 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
10235 Throw away all cached data.
10236 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
10237 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
10238 system." t nil)
10239
10240 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
10241 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
10242 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
10243 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
10244 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10245 The default symbol is the one found at point.
10246
10247 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
10248
10249 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
10250 Display the documentation of a file.
10251 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
10252 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
10253 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10254 The default file name is the one found at point.
10255
10256 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
10257
10258 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
10259 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
10260
10261 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
10262 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
10263
10264 ;;;***
10265 \f
10266 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
10267 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15185 49574))
10268 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
10269
10270 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
10271 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
10272
10273 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
10274 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
10275 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
10276
10277 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
10278 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
10279 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
10280
10281 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
10282 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
10283 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
10284 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
10285
10286 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
10287 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
10288 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
10289
10290 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
10291 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
10292 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
10293 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
10294 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
10295
10296 ;;;***
10297 \f
10298 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
10299 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
10300 ;;;;;; (15251 19613))
10301 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
10302
10303 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10304 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
10305
10306 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10307 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
10308
10309 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
10310
10311 ;;;***
10312 \f
10313 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
10314 ;;;;;; (15538 21134))
10315 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
10316
10317 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
10318 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
10319 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
10320 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
10321 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
10322 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
10323
10324 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
10325 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
10326
10327 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
10328 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
10329 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
10330 \"s gives German sharp s.
10331 /a gives a with ring.
10332 /e gives an a-e ligature.
10333 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
10334 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
10335 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
10336
10337 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
10338 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
10339
10340 ;;;***
10341 \f
10342 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
10343 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
10344 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
10345 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15186 56483))
10346 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
10347
10348 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
10349 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
10350 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10351 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10352
10353 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
10354 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
10355 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10356 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10357
10358 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
10359 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
10360 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10361 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10362
10363 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10364 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10365 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10366 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10367
10368 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10369 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10370 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10371 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10372
10373 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
10374 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10375 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10376 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10377
10378 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
10379 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10380 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10381 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10382
10383 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
10384 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
10385 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10386 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10387
10388 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10389 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10390 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10391 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10392
10393 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10394 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
10395
10396 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10397 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
10398
10399 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
10400 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
10401
10402 ;;;***
10403 \f
10404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
10405 ;;;;;; (15404 61941))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
10407 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
10408 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
10409 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
10410
10411 ;;;***
10412 \f
10413 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
10414 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
10415 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
10416 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
10417 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
10418 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15609 17209))
10419 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
10420
10421 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
10422 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
10423
10424 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
10425 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
10426 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
10427 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
10428
10429 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
10430 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
10431 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
10432
10433 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
10434
10435 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
10436
10437 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
10438
10439 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
10440
10441 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
10442
10443 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
10444
10445 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
10446 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
10447
10448 Each element of this list is also a list:
10449
10450 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
10451 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
10452
10453 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
10454 nil means the default dictionary.
10455
10456 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
10457 word.
10458
10459 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
10460
10461 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
10462 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
10463 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
10464 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
10465 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
10466 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
10467 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
10468 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
10469 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
10470
10471 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
10472 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
10473 single word.
10474
10475 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
10476 subprocess.
10477
10478 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
10479 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
10480 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
10481 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
10482 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
10483 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
10484 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
10485 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
10486
10487 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
10488
10489 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
10490 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
10491 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
10492
10493 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
10494 Key map for ispell menu.")
10495
10496 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
10497 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
10498 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
10499 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
10500
10501 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
10502
10503 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dir (if (boundp (quote ispell-library-directory)) ispell-library-directory)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) ((or (not dir) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))))
10504
10505 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
10506
10507 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
10508
10509 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
10510
10511 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
10512 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
10513 The alist key must be a regular expression.
10514 Valid forms include:
10515 (KEY) - just skip the key.
10516 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
10517 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
10518 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
10519
10520 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
10521 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
10522 First list is used raw.
10523 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
10524
10525 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
10526 for skipping in latex mode.")
10527
10528 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
10529
10530 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
10531 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
10532 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
10533 in a window allowing you to choose one.
10534
10535 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
10536 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
10537 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
10538 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
10539 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
10540
10541 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
10542 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
10543
10544 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
10545
10546 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
10547 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
10548
10549 return values:
10550 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
10551 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
10552 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
10553 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
10554 quit spell session exited." t nil)
10555
10556 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
10557 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
10558 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
10559
10560 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
10561 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
10562
10563 Selections are:
10564
10565 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
10566 SPC: Accept word this time.
10567 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
10568 `a': Accept word for this session.
10569 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
10570 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
10571 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
10572 `?': Show these commands.
10573 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
10574 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
10575 the aborted check to be completed later.
10576 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
10577 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
10578 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
10579 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
10580 `C-l': redraws screen
10581 `C-r': recursive edit
10582 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
10583
10584 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
10585 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
10586 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
10587
10588 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
10589 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
10590 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
10591
10592 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
10593
10594 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
10595
10596 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
10597 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
10598 Return nil if spell session is quit,
10599 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
10600
10601 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
10602 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
10603
10604 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
10605 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
10606
10607 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
10608 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
10609
10610 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
10611 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
10612 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
10613 sequence inside of a word.
10614
10615 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
10616
10617 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
10618 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
10619
10620 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
10621 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
10622 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10623 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10624
10625 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10626 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10627 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10628 available on the net." t nil)
10629
10630 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10631 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10632 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10633
10634 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10635 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10636
10637 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10638 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
10639
10640 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10641 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10642 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10643 Don't check included messages.
10644
10645 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10646 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10647 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10648
10649 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10650 in your .emacs file:
10651 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10652 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10653 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10654 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10655
10656 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10657 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10658 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
10659
10660 ;;;***
10661 \f
10662 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10663 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10664 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15544 37705))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10666
10667 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10668 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10669 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10670 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10671 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10672 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10673
10674 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10675 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10676 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10677 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10678
10679 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10680
10681 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10682 Switch to another buffer.
10683
10684 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10685 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10686 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10687 in another frame.
10688 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10689
10690 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10691 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10692 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10693 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10694
10695 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10696 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10697 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10698 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10699
10700 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10701 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10702 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10703 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10704
10705 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10706 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
10707 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10709 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
10710
10711 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10712
10713 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10714
10715 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10716 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10717 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10718 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10719 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
10720
10721 ;;;***
10722 \f
10723 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
10724 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
10725 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
10726 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15185 62673))
10727 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
10728
10729 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
10730
10731 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
10732 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
10733 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10734 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10735 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
10736 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
10737 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
10738 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
10739
10740 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
10741 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
10742 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10743 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10744
10745 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
10746 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
10747 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10748 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10749 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
10750
10751 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
10752 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
10753 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10754 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10755
10756 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
10757 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
10758 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
10759 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
10760
10761 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
10762 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
10763
10764 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10765 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
10766 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10767 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10768 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
10769
10770 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10771 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
10772 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10773 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10774 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
10775
10776 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
10777 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10778 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
10779
10780 ;;;***
10781 \f
10782 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15361
10783 ;;;;;; 12869))
10784 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
10785
10786 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
10787 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
10788 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
10789 that needs to be (re)fontified.
10790 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
10791
10792 ;;;***
10793 \f
10794 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
10795 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15409 25587))
10796 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
10797
10798 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
10799 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
10800 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10802 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
10803
10804 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10805
10806 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10807
10808 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10809 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10810 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10811 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10812
10813 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10814 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10815
10816 ;;;***
10817 \f
10818 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
10819 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
10820 ;;;;;; (15586 46350))
10821 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
10822
10823 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
10824 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
10825 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
10826 decimal key must be specified.")
10827
10828 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
10829 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
10830 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
10831 decimal key must be specified.")
10832
10833 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
10834 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
10835 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
10836 decimal key must be specified.")
10837
10838 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
10839 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
10840 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
10841 decimal key must be specified.")
10842
10843 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
10844 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
10845 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
10846 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
10847 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
10848 keys are bound.
10849
10850 Setup Binding
10851 -------------------------------------------------------------
10852 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
10853 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
10854 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
10855 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
10856 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map.
10857
10858 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
10859 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'" nil nil)
10860
10861 ;;;***
10862 \f
10863 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10864 ;;;;;; (15185 62673))
10865 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10866
10867 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10868 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10869 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10870
10871 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10872 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10873 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10874 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10875 shorter.
10876
10877 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10878 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10879 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10880
10881 ;;;***
10882 \f
10883 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15185
10884 ;;;;;; 62673))
10885 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10886
10887 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10888 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10889 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10890 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10891 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10892 positions that contains the current selection.")
10893
10894 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10895 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10896 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10897 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10898 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10899 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10900 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10901
10902 ;;;***
10903 \f
10904 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10905 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15185 62673))
10906 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10907
10908 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10909 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10910 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
10911
10912 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10913
10914 ;;;***
10915 \f
10916 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10917 ;;;;;; (15354 48719))
10918 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10919
10920 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10921
10922 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10923 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10924
10925 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10926
10927 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10928 Start or resume an Lm game.
10929 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10930 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10931
10932 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10933 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10934 none / 1 | yes | no
10935 2 | yes | yes
10936 3 | no | yes
10937 4 | no | no
10938
10939 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
10940 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10941 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
10942
10943 ;;;***
10944 \f
10945 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
10946 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
10947 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15377
10948 ;;;;;; 2041))
10949 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10950
10951 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10952
10953 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10954 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10955 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10956 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10957 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10958 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10959
10960 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10961 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10962
10963 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10964 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10965
10966 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10967
10968 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10969 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10970 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10971 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10972 to compose.
10973
10974 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10975
10976 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10977
10978 ;;;***
10979 \f
10980 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
10981 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15377 1423))
10982 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10983
10984 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10985 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10986 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10987 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10988 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10989 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10990 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10991 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10992
10993 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
10994 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
10995
10996 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10997 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10998
10999 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
11000
11001 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
11002
11003 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
11004 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
11005 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
11006 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
11007 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
11008 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
11009 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
11010 a Unicode font with which to display them." nil nil)
11011
11012 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
11013 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
11014 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
11015 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
11016
11017 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11018 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
11019
11020 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable))
11021
11022 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp))
11023
11024 ;;;***
11025 \f
11026 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
11027 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15510 21813))
11028 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
11029
11030 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
11031 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
11032 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
11033 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
11034
11035 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
11036
11037 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
11038 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
11039 JIT Lock's favor.
11040
11041 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
11042
11043 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
11044 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
11045 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
11046 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
11047 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
11048 for large buffers.
11049
11050 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
11051 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
11052 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
11053 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
11054 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
11055
11056 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
11057 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
11058 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
11059 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
11060 slow to keep up with your typing.
11061
11062 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
11063 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
11064 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
11065 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
11066 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
11067 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
11068
11069 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
11070 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
11071 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
11072 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
11073
11074 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
11075 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
11076 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
11077 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
11078
11079 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
11080 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
11081 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
11082 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
11083 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
11084
11085 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
11086 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
11087
11088 ;;;***
11089 \f
11090 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
11091 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
11092 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
11093
11094 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
11095 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
11096
11097 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
11098 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
11099
11100 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
11101 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
11102
11103 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
11104 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
11105 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
11106 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
11107 for later transmission to Lisp job.
11108 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
11109 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
11110 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
11111 and transmit saved text.
11112 \\{ledit-mode-map}
11113 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
11114 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
11115
11116 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
11117
11118 ;;;***
11119 \f
11120 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15020 64776))
11121 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
11122
11123 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
11124 Run Conway's Life simulation.
11125 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
11126 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
11127 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
11128
11129 ;;;***
11130 \f
11131 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14846
11132 ;;;;;; 46315))
11133 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
11134
11135 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
11136 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
11137 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
11138 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
11139
11140 ;;;***
11141 \f
11142 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
11143 ;;;;;; (15400 23926))
11144 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
11145
11146 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
11147 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
11148 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
11149
11150 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
11151 Run the locate command with a filter.
11152
11153 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
11154 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
11155
11156 ;;;***
11157 \f
11158 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15326 11642))
11159 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
11160
11161 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
11162 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
11163 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
11164 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
11165 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
11166 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
11167 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
11168 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
11169 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
11170 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
11171 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
11172 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
11173 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
11174
11175 ;;;***
11176 \f
11177 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15408
11178 ;;;;;; 51653))
11179 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
11180
11181 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
11182 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
11183
11184 ;;;***
11185 \f
11186 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
11187 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15595
11188 ;;;;;; 6759))
11189 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
11190
11191 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
11192
11193 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
11194
11195 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
11196 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
11197 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
11198
11199 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
11200 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
11201
11202 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
11203 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
11204 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
11205 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
11206 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
11207 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
11208 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
11209
11210 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
11211 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
11212 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
11213 switch on this list.
11214 See `lpr-command'.")
11215
11216 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
11217 *Name of program for printing a file.
11218
11219 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
11220 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
11221 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
11222 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
11223 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
11224 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
11225 argument.")
11226
11227 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
11228 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
11229 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11230 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11231
11232 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
11233 Paginate and print buffer contents.
11234
11235 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11236 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11237 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11238 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11239
11240 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11241 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11242
11243 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11244 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11245
11246 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
11247 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
11248 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11249 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11250
11251 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
11252 Paginate and print the region contents.
11253
11254 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11255 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11256 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11257 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11258
11259 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11260 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11261
11262 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11263 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11264
11265 ;;;***
11266 \f
11267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15407 18714))
11268 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
11269
11270 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
11271
11272 ;;;***
11273 \f
11274 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15186
11275 ;;;;;; 39912))
11276 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
11277
11278 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
11279 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
11280 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11281
11282 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
11283
11284 ;;;***
11285 \f
11286 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15186
11287 ;;;;;; 56483))
11288 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
11289
11290 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
11291 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
11292 \\{m4-mode-map}
11293 " t nil)
11294
11295 ;;;***
11296 \f
11297 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
11298 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15185 49574))
11299 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
11300
11301 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11302 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
11303 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
11304 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
11305 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
11306
11307 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11308 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
11309 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
11310 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
11311
11312 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
11313 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
11314 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
11315 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
11316 bindings.
11317
11318 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
11319 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
11320
11321 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
11322 Query user during kbd macro execution.
11323 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
11324 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
11325 each time the macro executes.
11326 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
11327 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
11328 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
11329 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
11330 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
11331 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
11332 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
11333
11334 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
11335 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
11336 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
11337
11338 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
11339 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
11340 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
11341 execute.
11342
11343 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
11344 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
11345
11346 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
11347 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
11348 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
11349 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
11350 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
11351
11352 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
11353 looked like this:
11354
11355 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
11356 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
11357 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
11358
11359 You could enter the names in this format:
11360
11361 foo
11362 bar
11363 baz
11364
11365 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
11366
11367 \\C-x (
11368 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
11369 \\C-x )
11370
11371 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
11372 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
11373 " t nil)
11374 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
11375
11376 ;;;***
11377 \f
11378 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
11379 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15353 37573))
11380 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
11381
11382 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
11383 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
11384 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
11385 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
11386
11387 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
11388 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
11389 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
11390 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
11391 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
11392
11393 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
11394 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
11395 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
11396 consing a string.)" nil nil)
11397
11398 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
11399 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
11400
11401 ;;;***
11402 \f
11403 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
11404 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
11405 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
11406 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
11407
11408 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
11409 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
11410
11411 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
11412
11413 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
11414 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
11415
11416 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
11417 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
11418 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
11419 message.
11420
11421 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
11422
11423 ;;;***
11424 \f
11425 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
11426 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
11427 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15513
11428 ;;;;;; 1037))
11429 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
11430
11431 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
11432 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
11433 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
11434 often correct parser.")
11435
11436 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
11437
11438 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11439 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
11440 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11441 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11442
11443 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11444 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
11445 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11446 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11447
11448 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
11449 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
11450 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11451 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
11452
11453 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
11454 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
11455 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
11456 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
11457 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
11458 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
11459
11460 ;;;***
11461 \f
11462 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
11463 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15552 23097))
11464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
11465
11466 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
11467 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
11468
11469 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
11470 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
11471 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
11472
11473 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
11474 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
11475 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
11476
11477 ;;;***
11478 \f
11479 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
11480 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15303
11481 ;;;;;; 63149))
11482 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
11483
11484 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
11485 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
11486 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
11487 king@grassland.com
11488 If `parens', they look like:
11489 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11490 If `angles', they look like:
11491 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
11492
11493 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
11494 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
11495 If interactive, expand in header fields.
11496 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
11497 their `Resent-' variants.
11498
11499 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
11500 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
11501
11502 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
11503 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
11504 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
11505
11506 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
11507 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
11508 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
11509 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
11510
11511 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
11512 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
11513 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
11514 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
11515
11516 ;;;***
11517 \f
11518 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
11519 ;;;;;; (15365 19469))
11520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
11521
11522 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
11523 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
11524 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
11525
11526 \\{makefile-mode-map}
11527
11528 In the browser, use the following keys:
11529
11530 \\{makefile-browser-map}
11531
11532 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
11533
11534 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
11535 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
11536
11537 `makefile-target-colon':
11538 The string that gets appended to all target names
11539 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
11540 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
11541
11542 `makefile-macro-assign':
11543 The string that gets appended to all macro names
11544 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
11545 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
11546 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
11547 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
11548 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
11549
11550 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
11551 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
11552 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
11553
11554 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
11555 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
11556
11557 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
11558 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
11559 up or down in the browser.
11560
11561 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
11562 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
11563
11564 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
11565 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
11566
11567 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
11568 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
11569 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
11570 has been selected in the browser.
11571
11572 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
11573 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
11574 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
11575 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
11576 filenames are omitted.
11577
11578 `makefile-cleanup-continuations-p':
11579 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
11580 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
11581 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
11582 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
11583 the backslash itself intact.
11584 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
11585 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
11586
11587 `makefile-browser-hook':
11588 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
11589 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
11590
11591 `makefile-special-targets-list':
11592 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
11593 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
11594 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
11595
11596 ;;;***
11597 \f
11598 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
11599 ;;;;;; 28917))
11600 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
11601
11602 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
11603 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
11604 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
11605
11606 ;;;***
11607 \f
11608 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15425 23120))
11609 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
11610
11611 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
11612
11613 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
11614 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
11615 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
11616 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
11617 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
11618 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
11619 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
11620
11621 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
11622 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
11623 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
11624 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
11625
11626 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
11627 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
11628
11629 ;;;***
11630 \f
11631 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15400 24164))
11632 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
11633
11634 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
11635 Toggle Master mode.
11636 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
11637 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
11638 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
11639
11640 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
11641 following commands:
11642
11643 \\{master-mode-map}
11644
11645 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
11646 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
11647 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'." t nil)
11648
11649 ;;;***
11650 \f
11651 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
11652 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
11653 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
11654 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
11655 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
11656 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
11657 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
11658 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
11659 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
11660 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15533 28774))
11661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
11662
11663 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
11664 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
11665
11666 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
11667 king@grassland.com
11668 If `parens', they look like:
11669 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11670 If `angles', they look like:
11671 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11672
11673 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
11674 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
11675
11676 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
11677 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
11678
11679 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
11680 *Local news organization file.")
11681
11682 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
11683 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11684 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
11685 variable `mail-header-separator'.
11686
11687 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
11688 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
11689 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
11690
11691 See also `send-mail-function'.")
11692
11693 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
11694 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
11695
11696 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
11697 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
11698
11699 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
11700 *Function for citing an original message.
11701 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
11702 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
11703 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
11704
11705 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
11706 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
11707 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
11708 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
11709 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
11710
11711 (defvar message-signature t "\
11712 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
11713 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
11714 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
11715 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
11716
11717 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
11718 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
11719 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
11720 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
11721
11722 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11723
11724 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
11725 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
11726 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
11727 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
11728 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
11729 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
11730 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
11731 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
11732 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
11733 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
11734 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
11735 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
11736 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
11737 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
11738 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
11739 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
11740 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
11741 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
11742 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
11743 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
11744 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
11745 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
11746 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
11747 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
11748 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
11749
11750 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
11751 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11752 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
11753
11754 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
11755 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11756
11757 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
11758 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
11759
11760 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
11761 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
11762
11763 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
11764 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
11765 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
11766
11767 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
11768 Cancel an article you posted.
11769 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
11770
11771 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
11772 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
11773 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
11774 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
11775
11776 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
11777 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
11778
11779 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
11780 Forward the current message via mail.
11781 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
11782 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
11783
11784 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11785
11786 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11787
11788 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
11789 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil)
11790
11791 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
11792 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
11793
11794 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
11795 Re-mail the current message.
11796 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
11797 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
11798 you." t nil)
11799
11800 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
11801 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
11802
11803 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
11804 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
11805
11806 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
11807 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11808
11809 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
11810 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11811
11812 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
11813 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
11814 Works by overstriking characters.
11815 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11816 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11817
11818 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
11819 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
11820 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11821 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11822
11823 ;;;***
11824 \f
11825 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
11826 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
11827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
11828
11829 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11830 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
11831 Special commands:
11832 \\{meta-mode-map}
11833
11834 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
11835 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11836
11837 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11838 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
11839 Special commands:
11840 \\{meta-mode-map}
11841
11842 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
11843 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11844
11845 ;;;***
11846 \f
11847 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
11848 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
11849 ;;;;;; (14861 58026))
11850 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
11851
11852 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
11853 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11854 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11855
11856 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
11857 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11858 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11859 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11860 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11861 redisplayed as output is inserted.
11862 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11863
11864 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
11865 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
11866 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11867 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11868 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11869 means current).
11870 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11871 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11872
11873 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
11874 Process current region through 'metamail'.
11875 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11876 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11877 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11878 means current).
11879 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11880 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11881
11882 ;;;***
11883 \f
11884 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
11885 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15394 11401))
11886 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
11887
11888 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
11889 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
11890 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11891 to the MH mail system.
11892
11893 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11894
11895 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
11896 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
11897 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11898 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
11899 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11900 that want to create a mail buffer.
11901 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
11902
11903 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11904 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11905 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11906 to the MH mail system.
11907
11908 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11909
11910 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11911 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
11912 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
11913 using the MH mail handling system.
11914 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
11915 messages.
11916
11917 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
11918
11919 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11920
11921 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11922 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
11923 the yanked message.
11924
11925 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11926 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
11927 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11928 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11929 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11930
11931 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
11932 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11933 inserted in a draft letter.
11934
11935 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
11936 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
11937
11938 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11939
11940 ;;;***
11941 \f
11942 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15394
11943 ;;;;;; 11455))
11944 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11945
11946 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11947 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11948 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11949 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11950
11951 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11952 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11953
11954 ;;;***
11955 \f
11956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15185 62673))
11957 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11958
11959 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11960 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
11961
11962 ;;;***
11963 \f
11964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15400 24719))
11965 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
11966
11967 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11968
11969 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11970
11971 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11972
11973 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11974
11975 ;;;***
11976 \f
11977 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
11978 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15185 62672))
11979 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
11980
11981 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
11982 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
11983 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
11984 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
11985 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
11986 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
11987 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
11988 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
11989 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
11990 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
11991 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
11992
11993 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
11994 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
11995 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
11996 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
11997
11998 ;;;***
11999 \f
12000 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
12001 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15381 46814))
12002 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
12003
12004 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
12005 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
12006 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12007 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12008 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
12009
12010 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12011
12012 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
12013
12014 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
12015 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
12016 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
12017 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
12018 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
12019 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
12020 default indication.
12021
12022 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12023 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12024
12025 ;;;***
12026 \f
12027 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
12028 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
12029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
12030
12031 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
12032 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
12033 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
12034 the entire message.
12035 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
12036
12037 ;;;***
12038 \f
12039 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
12040 ;;;;;; (15216 151))
12041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
12042
12043 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
12044 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
12045
12046 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
12047 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
12048
12049 ;;;***
12050 \f
12051 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
12052 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
12053 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
12054
12055 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
12056 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
12057 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
12058 followed by the first character of the construct.
12059 \\<m2-mode-map>
12060 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
12061 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
12062 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
12063 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
12064 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
12065 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
12066 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
12067 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
12068 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
12069 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
12070 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
12071 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
12072 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
12073 \\[m2-link] link
12074
12075 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
12076 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
12077 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
12078
12079 ;;;***
12080 \f
12081 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
12082 ;;;;;; (15186 44923))
12083 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
12084
12085 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
12086 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
12087
12088 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
12089 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
12090
12091 ;;;***
12092 \f
12093 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15363
12094 ;;;;;; 46804))
12095 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
12096
12097 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
12098 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
12099 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12100 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
12101
12102 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
12103
12104 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
12105
12106 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
12107
12108 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
12109 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
12110 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
12111 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
12112 Triple-clicking selects lines.
12113 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
12114
12115 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
12116 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
12117 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
12118 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
12119 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
12120
12121 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
12122 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
12123
12124 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
12125 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
12126
12127 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
12128
12129 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
12130 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
12131 primary selection and region." t nil)
12132
12133 ;;;***
12134 \f
12135 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15572 18539))
12136 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
12137
12138 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
12139 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
12140
12141 ;;;***
12142 \f
12143 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15577 29858))
12144 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
12145
12146 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
12147 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
12148 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12149 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12150 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
12151
12152 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12153
12154 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
12155
12156 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
12157 Toggle Msb mode.
12158 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12159 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
12160 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
12161
12162 ;;;***
12163 \f
12164 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
12165 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
12166 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
12167 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
12168 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
12169 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15618 34706))
12170 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
12171
12172 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
12173 Display a list of all character sets.
12174
12175 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
12176 internal Emacs use.
12177
12178 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
12179 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
12180 hexadecimal digits.
12181 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
12182 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
12183
12184 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
12185 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
12186 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
12187 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
12188
12189 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12190 but still shows the full information." t nil)
12191
12192 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
12193 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
12194 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
12195 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
12196 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
12197
12198 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
12199 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
12200 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
12201 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
12202 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
12203
12204 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
12205 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
12206 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
12207 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
12208 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'." t nil)
12209
12210 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
12211 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET." t nil)
12212
12213 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
12214 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
12215 POS defaults to point.
12216 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
12217 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
12218 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
12219
12220 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12221 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
12222
12223 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
12224 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
12225
12226 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
12227 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
12228 in place of `..':
12229 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12230 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12231 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
12232 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
12233 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
12234 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
12235 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12236 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12237 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12238 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12239 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12240 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12241 `default-process-coding-system' for read
12242 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
12243 `default-process-coding-system' for write
12244 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
12245
12246 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12247 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
12248
12249 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
12250 Display a list of all coding systems.
12251 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
12252
12253 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12254 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
12255
12256 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
12257 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
12258
12259 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
12260 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
12261
12262 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
12263 Display information about FONTSET.
12264 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
12265
12266 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
12267 Display a list of all fontsets.
12268 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
12269 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
12270 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
12271
12272 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
12273 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
12274
12275 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
12276 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
12277
12278 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
12279 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
12280 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
12281 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
12282
12283 ;;;***
12284 \f
12285 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
12286 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
12287 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
12288 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
12289 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
12290 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
12291 ;;;;;; (15590 45015))
12292 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
12293
12294 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
12295 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
12296 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
12297
12298 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
12299 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
12300
12301 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
12302 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
12303
12304 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
12305 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
12306
12307 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
12308 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
12309 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
12310 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
12311 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
12312 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
12313 buffer; see also `char-width'.
12314
12315 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
12316 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
12317 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
12318 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
12319 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
12320 middle of a character in STR.
12321
12322 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
12323 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
12324
12325 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
12326 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
12327 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
12328 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
12329 defaults to \"...\"." nil nil)
12330
12331 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
12332
12333 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
12334 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
12335
12336 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
12337 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
12338 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
12339
12340 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
12341 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
12342 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
12343
12344 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12345 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
12346 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
12347 is considered.
12348 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
12349 longer than KEYSEQ.
12350 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
12351
12352 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12353 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
12354 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
12355 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
12356 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
12357 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
12358 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
12359 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
12360 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
12361 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
12362 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
12363
12364 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
12365 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
12366
12367 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12368 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property." nil nil)
12369
12370 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12371 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property." nil nil)
12372
12373 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
12374 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property." nil nil)
12375
12376 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
12377 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property." nil nil)
12378
12379 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
12380 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
12381 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
12382 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
12383
12384 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
12385 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
12386 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
12387 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
12388
12389 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
12390 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
12391 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
12392 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
12393
12394 ;;;***
12395 \f
12396 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
12397 ;;;;;; (15572 30789))
12398 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
12399
12400 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
12401 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
12402 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12403 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12404 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
12405
12406 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12407
12408 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
12409
12410 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
12411 Toggle mouse wheel support.
12412 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12413 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12414
12415 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
12416 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
12417
12418 ;;;***
12419 \f
12420 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
12421 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
12422 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
12423 ;;;;;; (15416 26762))
12424 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
12425
12426 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
12427 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
12428
12429 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
12430 Ping HOST.
12431 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
12432 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
12433
12434 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
12435 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
12436
12437 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
12438
12439 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
12440 Run netstat program." t nil)
12441
12442 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
12443 Run the arp program." t nil)
12444
12445 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
12446 Run the route program." t nil)
12447
12448 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
12449 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
12450
12451 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
12452 Run nslookup program." t nil)
12453
12454 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
12455 Run dig program." t nil)
12456
12457 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
12458 Run ftp program." t nil)
12459
12460 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
12461 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
12462
12463 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
12464 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
12465 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
12466 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
12467
12468 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
12469
12470 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
12471 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
12472
12473 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
12474 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
12475
12476 ;;;***
12477 \f
12478 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
12479 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
12480 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
12481 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
12482 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (15567 16402))
12483 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
12484
12485 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
12486
12487 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
12488
12489 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
12490
12491 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
12492
12493 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
12494
12495 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
12496 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
12497 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
12498 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
12499 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
12500 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
12501
12502 (defvar comment-start nil "\
12503 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
12504
12505 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
12506 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
12507 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
12508 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
12509
12510 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
12511 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
12512
12513 (defvar comment-end "" "\
12514 *String to insert to end a new comment.
12515 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
12516
12517 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
12518 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
12519 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
12520 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
12521 column indentation or nil.
12522 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
12523
12524 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
12525 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
12526 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
12527
12528 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
12529 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
12530 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
12531 of the corresponding number of spaces.
12532
12533 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
12534 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
12535
12536 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
12537 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
12538 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
12539
12540 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil)
12541
12542 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
12543 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
12544
12545 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
12546 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
12547 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
12548
12549 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
12550 Set the comment column based on point.
12551 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
12552 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
12553 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
12554 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
12555
12556 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
12557 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
12558 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
12559
12560 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12561 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
12562 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
12563 comment markers." t nil)
12564
12565 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
12566 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
12567 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
12568 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
12569 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
12570 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
12571 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
12572 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
12573
12574 The strings used as comment starts are built from
12575 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
12576
12577 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12578 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
12579 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
12580 is passed on to the respective function." t nil)
12581
12582 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
12583 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
12584 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
12585 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
12586 case it calls `uncomment-region').
12587 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
12588 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
12589 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
12590
12591 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
12592 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
12593 This indents the body of the continued comment
12594 under the previous comment line.
12595
12596 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
12597 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
12598 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
12599
12600 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
12601 or comment indentation.
12602
12603 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
12604 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
12605
12606 ;;;***
12607 \f
12608 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14857
12609 ;;;;;; 57188))
12610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
12611
12612 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
12613 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
12614 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
12615 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
12616 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
12617 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
12618
12619 ;;;***
12620 \f
12621 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
12622 ;;;;;; (15544 37709))
12623 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
12624
12625 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
12626 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
12627 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
12628
12629 ;;;***
12630 \f
12631 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
12632 ;;;;;; (14858 45538))
12633 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
12634
12635 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
12636 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
12637 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
12638
12639 ;;;***
12640 \f
12641 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
12642 ;;;;;; (15538 21134))
12643 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
12644
12645 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
12646 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
12647
12648 ;;;***
12649 \f
12650 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
12651 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 27653))
12652 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
12653
12654 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
12655 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
12656
12657 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12658 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
12659
12660 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12661 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
12662
12663 ;;;***
12664 \f
12665 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
12666 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15515 40558))
12667 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
12668
12669 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
12670 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
12671 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
12672
12673 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
12674
12675 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
12676 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
12677 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12678 to future sessions." t nil)
12679
12680 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
12681 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
12682 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12683 to future sessions." t nil)
12684
12685 ;;;***
12686 \f
12687 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
12688 ;;;;;; (15293 32589))
12689 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
12690
12691 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
12692 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
12693 \\{nroff-mode-map}
12694 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
12695 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
12696 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
12697
12698 ;;;***
12699 \f
12700 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
12701 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
12702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
12703
12704 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
12705 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
12706 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
12707 specified by `octave-help-files'.
12708 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
12709
12710 ;;;***
12711 \f
12712 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
12713 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
12714 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
12715
12716 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
12717 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
12718 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
12719
12720 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
12721
12722 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
12723 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
12724
12725 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
12726 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
12727 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
12728
12729 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
12730
12731 ;;;***
12732 \f
12733 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
12734 ;;;;;; (15407 37706))
12735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
12736
12737 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
12738 Major mode for editing Octave code.
12739
12740 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
12741 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
12742 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
12743 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
12744
12745 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
12746 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
12747 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
12748 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
12749 is why you need this mode!).
12750
12751 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
12752 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
12753 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
12754
12755 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
12756
12757 Keybindings
12758 ===========
12759
12760 \\{octave-mode-map}
12761
12762 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
12763 ==============================================
12764
12765 octave-auto-indent
12766 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
12767 Default is nil.
12768
12769 octave-auto-newline
12770 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
12771 Default is nil.
12772
12773 octave-blink-matching-block
12774 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
12775 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
12776
12777 octave-block-offset
12778 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
12779 Default is 2.
12780
12781 octave-continuation-offset
12782 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
12783 Default is 4.
12784
12785 octave-continuation-string
12786 String used for Octave continuation lines.
12787 Default is a backslash.
12788
12789 octave-mode-startup-message
12790 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
12791 Default is t.
12792
12793 octave-send-echo-input
12794 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
12795 command to the inferior Octave process.
12796
12797 octave-send-line-auto-forward
12798 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
12799 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
12800
12801 octave-send-echo-input
12802 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
12803
12804 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
12805
12806 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
12807 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
12808
12809 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
12810 (setq auto-mode-alist
12811 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
12812
12813 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
12814 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
12815
12816 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
12817 (lambda ()
12818 (abbrev-mode 1)
12819 (auto-fill-mode 1)
12820 (if (eq window-system 'x)
12821 (font-lock-mode 1))))
12822
12823 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
12824 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
12825 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
12826 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
12827
12828 ;;;***
12829 \f
12830 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
12831 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
12832 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
12833
12834 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
12835 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
12836 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
12837
12838 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
12839 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
12840 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
12841 in which there are commands to set the option values.
12842 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
12843
12844 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
12845
12846 ;;;***
12847 \f
12848 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
12849 ;;;;;; (15593 24727))
12850 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
12851
12852 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
12853 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
12854 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
12855 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
12856
12857 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
12858 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
12859 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
12860 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
12861
12862 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
12863 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
12864 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
12865 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
12866 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
12867 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
12868
12869 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
12870 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
12871
12872 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
12873 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
12874 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
12875 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
12876 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
12877 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
12878 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
12879 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
12880 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
12881 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
12882 The subheadings remain visible.
12883 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
12884
12885 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
12886 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
12887 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
12888
12889 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
12890 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
12891
12892 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
12893 Toggle Outline minor mode.
12894 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12895 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
12896
12897 ;;;***
12898 \f
12899 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15501 5682))
12900 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
12901
12902 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
12903 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
12904 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12905 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12906 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
12907
12908 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12909
12910 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
12911
12912 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
12913 Toggle Show Paren mode.
12914 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12915 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12916
12917 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12918 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12919
12920 ;;;***
12921 \f
12922 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15465
12923 ;;;;;; 21182))
12924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12925
12926 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12927 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
12928 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12929
12930 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12931 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
12932
12933 Other useful functions are:
12934
12935 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
12936 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
12937 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
12938 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
12939 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
12940 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
12941 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
12942 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
12943 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
12944
12945 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12946
12947 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12948 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12949 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12950 Indentation for case statements.
12951 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12952 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12953 mark after an end.
12954 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12955 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12956 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12957 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12958 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12959 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12960 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12961 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12962 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12963 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12964
12965 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12966 pascal-separator-keywords.
12967
12968 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12969 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12970
12971 ;;;***
12972 \f
12973 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
12974 ;;;;;; (15214 27238))
12975 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
12976
12977 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
12978 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
12979 The keys affected are:
12980 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
12981 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
12982 M-Backspace does undo.
12983 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
12984 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
12985 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
12986
12987 ;;;***
12988 \f
12989 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
12990 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15510 21814))
12991 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
12992
12993 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12994 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
12995 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12996 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12997 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
12998
12999 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13000
13001 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
13002
13003 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
13004 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
13005
13006 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
13007
13008 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
13009 which modify the status of the mark.
13010
13011 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
13012 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
13013
13014 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
13015 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
13016
13017 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
13018 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
13019 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
13020 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
13021 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
13022
13023 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
13024 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
13025
13026 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
13027 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
13028 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
13029
13030 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
13031 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
13032 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
13033
13034 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
13035 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
13036
13037 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
13038 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
13039 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
13040
13041 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
13042 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
13043 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
13044
13045 F6 other-window
13046 DELETE delete-char
13047 C-DELETE kill-line
13048 M-DELETE kill-word
13049 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
13050 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
13051 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
13052
13053 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
13054 Toggle PC Selection mode.
13055 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
13056 and cursor movement commands.
13057 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
13058 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
13059
13060 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13061
13062 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
13063
13064 ;;;***
13065 \f
13066 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15185
13067 ;;;;;; 62672))
13068 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
13069
13070 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
13071 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
13072
13073 ;;;***
13074 \f
13075 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
13076 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15185 62672))
13077 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
13078
13079 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13080 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
13081
13082 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13083 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
13084
13085 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13086 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
13087
13088 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13089 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
13090
13091 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13092
13093 ;;;***
13094 \f
13095 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
13096 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15185 62672))
13097 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
13098
13099 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13100 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
13101
13102 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13103 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
13104
13105 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13106 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
13107
13108 ;;;***
13109 \f
13110 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15185
13111 ;;;;;; 62672))
13112 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
13113
13114 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
13115 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
13116 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
13117 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
13118 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
13119 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
13120
13121 ;;;***
13122 \f
13123 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
13124 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
13125 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15185 62672))
13126 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
13127
13128 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13129 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
13130
13131 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
13132
13133 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13134 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
13135
13136 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13137 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
13138
13139 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13140 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
13141
13142 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13143
13144 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13145 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
13146
13147 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13148 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
13149
13150 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13151 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
13152
13153 ;;;***
13154 \f
13155 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
13156 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
13157 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15500
13158 ;;;;;; 16256))
13159 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
13160
13161 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
13162 Support extensible programmable completion.
13163 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
13164 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
13165
13166 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
13167 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
13168
13169 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
13170 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13171 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13172
13173 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
13174 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
13175
13176 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
13177 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13178 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13179
13180 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
13181 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
13182
13183 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
13184 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
13185
13186 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13187 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
13188 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
13189 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
13190 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
13191
13192 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13193 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
13194
13195 ;;;***
13196 \f
13197 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
13198 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
13199 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15588 20860))
13200 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
13201
13202 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
13203 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
13204 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
13205 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13206
13207 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
13208
13209 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
13210 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
13211 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
13212 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13213 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13214 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
13215 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
13216
13217 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
13218 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
13219 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
13220 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13221 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13222 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13223 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13224 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13225
13226 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
13227 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13228 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13229 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13230 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13231 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
13232
13233 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
13234 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13235 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13236 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13237 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13238 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13239 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13240
13241 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
13242
13243 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
13244 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
13245 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
13246
13247 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
13248 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
13249 nil means never do it.
13250 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
13251 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
13252 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
13253
13254 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
13255 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
13256 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
13257
13258 ;;;***
13259 \f
13260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15394 12580))
13261 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
13262
13263 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
13264
13265 ;;;***
13266 \f
13267 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
13268 ;;;;;; (15437 4642))
13269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
13270
13271 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
13272 Major mode for editing Perl code.
13273 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
13274 Tab indents for Perl code.
13275 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
13276 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13277 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13278 \\{perl-mode-map}
13279 Variables controlling indentation style:
13280 `perl-tab-always-indent'
13281 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
13282 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13283 `perl-tab-to-comment'
13284 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
13285 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
13286 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
13287 `perl-nochange'
13288 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
13289 `perl-indent-level'
13290 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
13291 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13292 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13293 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
13294 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13295 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13296 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
13297 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13298 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
13299 `perl-brace-offset'
13300 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13301 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
13302 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13303 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13304 `perl-label-offset'
13305 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
13306 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
13307 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
13308
13309 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
13310 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
13311 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
13312 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
13313 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
13314 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
13315 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
13316
13317 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
13318
13319 ;;;***
13320 \f
13321 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
13322 ;;;;;; (15507 55753))
13323 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
13324
13325 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
13326 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
13327 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
13328 afterwards settable by these commands:
13329 C-c < Move left after insertion.
13330 C-c > Move right after insertion.
13331 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
13332 C-c . Move down after insertion.
13333 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
13334 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
13335 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
13336 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
13337 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
13338 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
13339 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
13340 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
13341 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
13342 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
13343 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
13344 with these commands:
13345 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
13346 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
13347 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
13348 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
13349 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
13350 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
13351 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
13352 Return Move to beginning of next line.
13353 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
13354 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
13355 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
13356 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
13357 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
13358 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
13359 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
13360 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
13361 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
13362 You can manipulate text with these commands:
13363 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
13364 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
13365 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
13366 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
13367 text is saved in the kill ring.
13368 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
13369 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
13370 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
13371 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
13372 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
13373 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
13374 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
13375 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
13376 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
13377 commands if invoked soon enough.
13378 You can return to the previous mode with:
13379 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
13380 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
13381
13382 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
13383
13384 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
13385 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
13386
13387 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
13388
13389 ;;;***
13390 \f
13391 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
13392 ;;;;;; (15507 32977))
13393 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
13394
13395 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
13396 Return a Mule (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file charset.
13397 Called through file-coding-system-alist, before the file is visited for real." nil nil)
13398
13399 ;;;***
13400 \f
13401 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15457 7212))
13402 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
13403
13404 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
13405 Play pong and waste time.
13406 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
13407 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
13408
13409 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
13410
13411 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
13412
13413 ;;;***
13414 \f
13415 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
13416 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15467 59919))
13417 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
13418
13419 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
13420 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
13421 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
13422 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible." nil nil)
13423
13424 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
13425 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
13426 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
13427 can handle, whenever this is possible.
13428 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
13429
13430 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
13431 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
13432 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
13433 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
13434 in the variable `values'." t nil)
13435
13436 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
13437 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
13438 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
13439 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
13440
13441 ;;;***
13442 \f
13443 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
13444 ;;;;;; (15609 17209))
13445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
13446
13447 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
13448 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
13449 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
13450 Commands:
13451 \\{prolog-mode-map}
13452 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
13453 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13454
13455 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
13456 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
13457
13458 ;;;***
13459 \f
13460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 24982))
13461 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
13462
13463 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
13464 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
13465 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
13466
13467 ;;;***
13468 \f
13469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15490 41428))
13470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
13471 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
13472
13473 ;;;***
13474 \f
13475 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
13476 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
13477 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
13478 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15589 29979))
13479 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
13480
13481 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
13482 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
13483
13484 Valid values are:
13485
13486 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
13487 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
13488 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
13489 changed by setting the variable
13490 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
13491 The initial value of this variable is
13492 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
13493 documentation).
13494
13495 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
13496 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
13497 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
13498 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
13499 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
13500 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
13501 test it.
13502
13503 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
13504 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
13505 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
13506 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
13507 source file. BDF fonts are included in
13508 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
13509 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
13510 use this value, be sure to have installed
13511 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
13512 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
13513 documentation of this variable).
13514
13515 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
13516 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
13517 characters. This is convenient when you want or
13518 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
13519 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
13520 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
13521
13522 Any other value is treated as nil.")
13523
13524 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
13525 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
13526 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
13527
13528 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13529
13530 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
13531 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
13532
13533 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
13534
13535 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13536
13537 Returns the value:
13538
13539 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13540
13541 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13542 the sequence." nil nil)
13543
13544 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
13545 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
13546
13547 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
13548 composition.
13549
13550 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13551
13552 Returns the value:
13553
13554 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13555
13556 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13557 the sequence." nil nil)
13558
13559 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
13560 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
13561
13562 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
13563 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
13564 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
13565
13566 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
13567 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
13568
13569 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
13570 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
13571 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
13572
13573 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13574
13575 ;;;***
13576 \f
13577 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
13578 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
13579 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
13580 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
13581 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
13582 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15564 39433))
13583 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
13584
13585 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
13586 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
13587 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
13588 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
13589
13590 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
13591 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
13592
13593 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13594 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13595
13596 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13597 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
13598 sending it to the printer.
13599
13600 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13601 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13602 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13603
13604 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13605 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13606 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13607 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13608 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13609
13610 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
13611 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13612 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
13613
13614 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13615 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13616 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13617 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13618 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13619
13620 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13621 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13622 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
13623 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
13624
13625 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13626
13627 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13628 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13629 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13630 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13631 so it has a way to determine color values.
13632
13633 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13634
13635 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
13636 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13637 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
13638
13639 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13640
13641 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13642 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13643 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13644 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13645 so it has a way to determine color values.
13646
13647 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13648
13649 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
13650 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
13651
13652 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13653 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
13654 instead of sending it to the printer.
13655
13656 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13657 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13658 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13659
13660 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
13661 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
13662 current ps-print setup.
13663 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
13664 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
13665
13666 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13667 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
13668 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13669
13670 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
13671 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
13672 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13673
13674 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
13675 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
13676
13677 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
13678 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13679
13680 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
13681 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13682
13683 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13684 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13685
13686 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
13687
13688 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
13689
13690 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
13691 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13692
13693 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
13694 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13695
13696 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13697 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13698
13699 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
13700
13701 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
13702
13703 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
13704
13705 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
13706 foreground and background colors respectively.
13707
13708 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
13709 bold - use bold font.
13710 italic - use italic font.
13711 underline - put a line under text.
13712 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
13713 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
13714 shadow - text will have a shadow.
13715 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
13716 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
13717
13718 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
13719
13720 ;;;***
13721 \f
13722 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
13723 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
13724 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
13725 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
13726 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15453 4573))
13727 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
13728
13729 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
13730 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
13731
13732 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
13733 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
13734 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
13735
13736 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
13737 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
13738
13739 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
13740 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
13741 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
13742 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
13743 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
13744 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
13745 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
13746
13747 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
13748 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
13749 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
13750 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
13751 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
13752 shown.
13753 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
13754
13755 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
13756 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
13757 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
13758 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
13759 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
13760 list of candidates.
13761
13762 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
13763 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
13764 command to be called.
13765
13766 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
13767 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
13768 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
13769 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
13770
13771 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
13772 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
13773 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
13774 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
13775 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
13776 to t.
13777
13778 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
13779 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
13780 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
13781 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
13782
13783 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
13784 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
13785 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
13786 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
13787
13788 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
13789 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
13790 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
13791 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
13792 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
13793 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
13794
13795 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
13796 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
13797 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
13798 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
13799 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
13800 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
13801
13802 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
13803 covers Quail translation region.
13804
13805 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
13806 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
13807 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
13808 for it) is inserted.
13809
13810 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
13811 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
13812 vs. corresponding command to be called.
13813
13814 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
13815 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
13816 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
13817
13818 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13819 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
13820
13821 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
13822 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
13823 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
13824 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
13825 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
13826
13827 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13828 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
13829
13830 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
13831 keyboard type." t nil)
13832
13833 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
13834 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
13835 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
13836 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13837 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
13838 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13839 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13840 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13841 for the translation.
13842 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13843
13844 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13845 it is used to handle KEY.
13846
13847 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
13848 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
13849 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
13850 the following annotation types are supported.
13851
13852 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
13853 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
13854
13855 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
13856 candidate list.
13857
13858 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
13859 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
13860 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
13861 inserted.
13862
13863 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
13864 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
13865
13866 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
13867 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
13868
13869 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13870 which to install MAP.
13871
13872 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
13873
13874 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
13875 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
13876
13877 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13878 which to install MAP.
13879
13880 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
13881
13882 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
13883 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
13884 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13885 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
13886 a function, or a cons.
13887 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13888 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13889 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13890 for the translation.
13891 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
13892 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
13893 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
13894 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
13895 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13896
13897 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13898 it is used to handle KEY.
13899
13900 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
13901 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
13902 current Quail package.
13903
13904 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
13905 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
13906
13907 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
13908 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
13909
13910 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13911 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13912
13913 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13914
13915 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13916 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13917
13918 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13919 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13920 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13921 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13922 of the Emacs source tree.
13923
13924 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13925 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
13926
13927 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13928 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13929 of each directory." t nil)
13930
13931 ;;;***
13932 \f
13933 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13934 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13935 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15186
13936 ;;;;;; 56483))
13937 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13938
13939 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13940 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13941 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13942 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13943
13944 To make use of this do something like:
13945
13946 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13947
13948 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13949
13950 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13951 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13952
13953 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13954 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13955 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13956
13957 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13958 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13959
13960 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13961 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13962
13963 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13964 is decided." t nil)
13965
13966 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13967 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13968
13969 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
13970 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13971 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13972
13973 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
13974 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
13975
13976 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
13977 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
13978
13979 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
13980 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
13981
13982 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
13983
13984 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
13985
13986 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
13987 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
13988
13989 ;;;***
13990 \f
13991 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15425
13992 ;;;;;; 23455))
13993 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
13994
13995 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
13996 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
13997 See \\[compile]." t nil)
13998
13999 ;;;***
14000 \f
14001 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
14002 ;;;;;; (15357 4420))
14003 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
14004
14005 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
14006 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
14007
14008 ;;;***
14009 \f
14010 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
14011 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
14012 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15565 44318))
14013 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
14014
14015 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
14016 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
14017
14018 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
14019 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
14020
14021 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
14022 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
14023
14024 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
14025 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
14026 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
14027 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
14028 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
14029
14030 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
14031 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
14032
14033 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
14034 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
14035 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14036 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14037 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
14038
14039 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14040
14041 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
14042
14043 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
14044 Toggle recentf mode.
14045 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14046 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14047
14048 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
14049 were operated on recently." t nil)
14050
14051 ;;;***
14052 \f
14053 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
14054 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
14055 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
14056 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15576
14057 ;;;;;; 17070))
14058 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
14059
14060 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
14061 Obsolete. Use `move-to-column'.
14062 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
14063 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
14064 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
14065
14066 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
14067 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
14068 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
14069 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
14070 ends.
14071
14072 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14073 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
14074 to be deleted." t nil)
14075
14076 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14077 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14078 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
14079
14080 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14081 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14082 deleted." nil nil)
14083
14084 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14085 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14086 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
14087
14088 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
14089 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
14090
14091 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14092 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
14093
14094 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14095 deleted." t nil)
14096
14097 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
14098 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
14099
14100 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14101 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
14102 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
14103 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
14104 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
14105 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
14106 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
14107
14108 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
14109 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14110
14111 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
14112 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
14113
14114 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14115 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
14116 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
14117
14118 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
14119
14120 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
14121 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
14122 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
14123 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
14124 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
14125
14126 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14127 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
14128
14129 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
14130 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
14131 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
14132
14133 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
14134
14135 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
14136
14137 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14138 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14139
14140 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14141 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
14142 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
14143
14144 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
14145 Blank out the region-rectangle.
14146 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
14147
14148 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14149 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
14150 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
14151
14152 ;;;***
14153 \f
14154 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15396
14155 ;;;;;; 31658))
14156 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
14157
14158 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
14159 Toggle Refill minor mode.
14160 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
14161
14162 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
14163 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
14164 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
14165
14166 ;;;***
14167 \f
14168 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
14169 ;;;;;; (15186 39912))
14170 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
14171
14172 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
14173 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
14174
14175 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
14176 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
14177
14178 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
14179 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
14180
14181 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
14182 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
14183 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
14184 \\ref macro.
14185
14186 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
14187 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
14188 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
14189
14190 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
14191 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
14192 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
14193
14194 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
14195 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
14196
14197 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
14198 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
14199
14200 \\{reftex-mode-map}
14201 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
14202 on the menu bar.
14203
14204 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
14205
14206 ;;;***
14207 \f
14208 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
14209 ;;;;;; (15587 64724))
14210 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
14211
14212 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
14213 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
14214 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
14215 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
14216 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
14217 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
14218
14219 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
14220
14221 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
14222
14223 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
14224 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
14225 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
14226 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
14227
14228 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
14229 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
14230 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
14231 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
14232
14233 ;;;***
14234 \f
14235 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
14236 ;;;;;; (15369 62712))
14237 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
14238
14239 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
14240 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
14241 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
14242
14243 To insert new phrases, use
14244 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
14245 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
14246
14247 To index phrases use one of:
14248
14249 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
14250 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
14251 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
14252 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
14253 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
14254
14255 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
14256 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
14257
14258 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
14259
14260 Here are all local bindings.
14261
14262 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
14263
14264 ;;;***
14265 \f
14266 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
14267 ;;;;;; (15419 36726))
14268 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
14269
14270 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
14271 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
14272 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
14273 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
14274 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
14275 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
14276
14277 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
14278 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
14279
14280 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
14281 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
14282
14283 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
14284 Return the depth of REGEXP.
14285 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
14286 in REGEXP." nil nil)
14287
14288 ;;;***
14289 \f
14290 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15182 61046))
14291 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
14292
14293 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
14294 Repeat most recently executed command.
14295 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
14296 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
14297 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
14298
14299 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
14300 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
14301 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
14302
14303 ;;;***
14304 \f
14305 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
14306 ;;;;;; (15356 45077))
14307 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
14308
14309 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
14310 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
14311
14312 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
14313 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
14314 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
14315 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
14316 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
14317 and point is left after the salutation.
14318
14319 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
14320 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
14321 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
14322 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
14323 left after that text.
14324
14325 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
14326 is non-nil.
14327
14328 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
14329 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
14330 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
14331 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
14332
14333 ;;;***
14334 \f
14335 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
14336 ;;;;;; (15363 54485))
14337 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
14338
14339 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
14340 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
14341 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
14342 visibility of comments that precede it.
14343 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
14344 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
14345 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
14346 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
14347 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
14348 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
14349 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
14350 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
14351 the comment lines.
14352 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
14353 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
14354 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
14355 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
14356 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
14357 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
14358
14359 ;;;***
14360 \f
14361 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
14362 ;;;;;; 50658))
14363 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
14364
14365 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
14366 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
14367
14368 ;;;***
14369 \f
14370 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
14371 ;;;;;; (15593 24724))
14372 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
14373
14374 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14375 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
14376 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14377
14378 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14379 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14380 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14381
14382 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
14383 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
14384 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14385 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14386 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
14387
14388 (custom-add-to-group (quote global-reveal) (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14389
14390 (custom-add-load (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote reveal))
14391
14392 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14393 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
14394 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14395
14396 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14397 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14398 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14399
14400 ;;;***
14401 \f
14402 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties
14403 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow"
14404 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15577 18154))
14405 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
14406
14407 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\
14408 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14409 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active.
14410 If emacs is not running under a window system,
14411 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
14412
14413 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
14414 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14415 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
14416 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
14417 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
14418
14419 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\
14420 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled.
14421 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14423 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.")
14424
14425 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14426
14427 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
14428
14429 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
14430 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode.
14431 When active, any part of the filename being read in the minibuffer
14432 that would be ignored because the result is passed through
14433 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in
14434 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
14435 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
14436
14437 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14438 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
14439
14440 ;;;***
14441 \f
14442 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
14443 ;;;;;; (14632 7438))
14444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
14445
14446 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
14447 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
14448
14449 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
14450 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
14451
14452 ;;;***
14453 \f
14454 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15507 55753))
14455 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
14456 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14457
14458 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
14459 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
14460 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
14461 other arguments for `rlogin'.
14462
14463 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
14464
14465 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
14466 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
14467 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
14468 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
14469
14470 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
14471 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
14472
14473 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
14474 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
14475
14476 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
14477 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
14478 INPUT-ARGS.
14479
14480 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
14481 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
14482 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
14483 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
14484 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
14485
14486 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
14487 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
14488 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
14489 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
14490
14491 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
14492 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
14493 variable." t nil)
14494
14495 ;;;***
14496 \f
14497 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
14498 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
14499 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
14500 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
14501 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
14502 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
14503 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15591 63985))
14504 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
14505
14506 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
14507 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
14508 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
14509 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
14510
14511 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
14512 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
14513 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
14514 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
14515 value is the user's email address and name.)
14516 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
14517
14518 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
14519 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
14520 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
14521 which normally happens once for each message,
14522 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
14523 To make a change in this variable take effect
14524 for a message that you have already viewed,
14525 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
14526
14527 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
14528 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
14529 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
14530 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
14531
14532 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
14533 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
14534
14535 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
14536 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
14537 A value of nil means don't highlight.
14538 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
14539
14540 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
14541 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
14542
14543 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
14544 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
14545
14546 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
14547 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
14548 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
14549 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
14550 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
14551
14552 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
14553 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
14554
14555 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
14556 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
14557
14558 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
14559 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
14560
14561 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
14562 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
14563
14564 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
14565 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
14566
14567 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
14568 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
14569
14570 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
14571 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
14572
14573 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
14574 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
14575
14576 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
14577 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
14578 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
14579 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
14580
14581 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
14582 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
14583
14584 This is set to nil by default.")
14585
14586 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
14587 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
14588 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
14589 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
14590 until a user explicitly requires it.")
14591
14592 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
14593 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
14594 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14595 It is called with no argument.")
14596
14597 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
14598 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
14599 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
14600 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
14601 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14602 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14603 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14604
14605 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
14606 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
14607 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14608 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14609 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14610 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14611
14612 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
14613 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
14614 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14615 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
14616 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
14617
14618 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
14619 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
14620 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14621 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
14622 MSG is the message number,
14623 REGEXP is the regular expression,
14624 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
14625
14626 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
14627 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
14628 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
14629 this feature is required with `require'.")
14630
14631 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
14632 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
14633 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
14634 the message is decoded as normal way.
14635
14636 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
14637 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
14638 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
14639
14640 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
14641 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
14642 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
14643
14644 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
14645 Read and edit incoming mail.
14646 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
14647 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
14648 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
14649
14650 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
14651 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
14652 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
14653 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
14654
14655 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
14656
14657 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
14658 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
14659 All normal editing commands are turned off.
14660 Instead, these commands are available:
14661
14662 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
14663 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
14664 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
14665 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
14666 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
14667 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
14668 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
14669 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
14670 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
14671 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
14672 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
14673 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
14674 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
14675 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
14676 till a deleted message is found.
14677 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
14678 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
14679 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
14680 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
14681 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
14682 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
14683 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
14684 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
14685 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
14686 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
14687 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
14688 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
14689 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
14690 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
14691 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
14692 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
14693 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
14694 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
14695 (label defaults to last one specified).
14696 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
14697 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
14698 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
14699 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
14700 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
14701 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
14702 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
14703 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
14704 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
14705
14706 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
14707 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
14708
14709 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
14710 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
14711
14712 ;;;***
14713 \f
14714 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
14715 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
14716 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
14717
14718 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
14719 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
14720
14721 ;;;***
14722 \f
14723 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
14724 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
14725 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15185 49575))
14726 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
14727
14728 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14729 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14730 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14731
14732 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14733 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14734 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14735
14736 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
14737
14738 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14739 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
14740 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14741 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14742 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14743
14744 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14745 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
14746 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14747 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14748 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14749
14750 ;;;***
14751 \f
14752 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
14753 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
14754 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
14755
14756 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
14757 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
14758 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
14759 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
14760
14761 ;;;***
14762 \f
14763 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
14764 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
14765 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15575 18328))
14766 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
14767
14768 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
14769 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
14770 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
14771 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
14772 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
14773 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
14774 a file name as a string.")
14775
14776 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
14777 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
14778 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
14779 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
14780 buffer visiting that file.
14781 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
14782 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
14783
14784 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
14785 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14786
14787 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14788 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14789
14790 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
14791 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
14792
14793 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
14794 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
14795
14796 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
14797 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
14798 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14799 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14800 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
14801
14802 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
14803 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
14804 will be appended with their original headers.
14805
14806 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
14807 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14808
14809 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
14810 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
14811
14812 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
14813
14814 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
14815 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
14816 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
14817
14818 ;;;***
14819 \f
14820 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
14821 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
14822 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15185
14823 ;;;;;; 49575))
14824 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
14825
14826 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
14827 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
14828 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14829
14830 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
14831 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
14832 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14833
14834 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
14835 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
14836 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14837
14838 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
14839 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
14840 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14841
14842 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
14843 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
14844 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14845
14846 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
14847 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
14848 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14849
14850 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
14851 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
14852 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
14853 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
14854
14855 ;;;***
14856 \f
14857 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
14858 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
14859 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
14860 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
14861 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15479 52723))
14862 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
14863
14864 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
14865 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
14866
14867 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
14868 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
14869
14870 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
14871 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
14872
14873 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
14874 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
14875 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
14876
14877 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
14878 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
14879 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
14880 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14881 only look in the To and From fields.
14882 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14883
14884 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
14885 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
14886 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
14887 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
14888 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
14889
14890 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
14891 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
14892 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
14893 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14894 look in the whole message.
14895 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14896
14897 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
14898 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
14899 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
14900
14901 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
14902 *Function to decode summary-line.
14903
14904 By default, `identity' is set.")
14905
14906 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
14907 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
14908 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
14909 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
14910 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
14911 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
14912 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
14913
14914 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
14915 sent by you under different user names.
14916 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
14917
14918 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
14919
14920 ;;;***
14921 \f
14922 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
14923 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
14924 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
14925
14926 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
14927 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
14928 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
14929 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
14930
14931 ;;;***
14932 \f
14933 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
14934 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15601 18543))
14935 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
14936
14937 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
14938 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string." nil nil)
14939
14940 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
14941 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING." nil nil)
14942
14943 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
14944 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer." t nil)
14945
14946 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
14947 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
14948 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
14949
14950 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
14951 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
14952 in rot 13.
14953
14954 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
14955
14956 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
14957 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
14958
14959 ;;;***
14960 \f
14961 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
14962 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
14963 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
14964 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
14965 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
14966 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
14967
14968 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
14969 *This variable is obsolete.")
14970
14971 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14972
14973 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
14974
14975 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
14976 *This variable is obsolete.")
14977
14978 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
14979 *This variable is obsolete.")
14980
14981 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
14982 *This variable is obsolete.")
14983
14984 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
14985 *This variable is obsolete.")
14986
14987 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
14988 *This variable is obsolete.")
14989
14990 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
14991 This function is obsolete." t nil)
14992
14993 ;;;***
14994 \f
14995 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15583
14996 ;;;;;; 13479))
14997 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
14998
14999 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
15000 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0." t nil)
15001
15002 ;;;***
15003 \f
15004 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15288
15005 ;;;;;; 6955))
15006 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
15007
15008 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
15009 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
15010 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
15011 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
15012
15013 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
15014 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
15015 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
15016
15017 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
15018 notation.
15019
15020 STRING
15021 matches string STRING literally.
15022
15023 CHAR
15024 matches character CHAR literally.
15025
15026 `not-newline'
15027 matches any character except a newline.
15028 .
15029 `anything'
15030 matches any character
15031
15032 `(any SET)'
15033 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
15034 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
15035
15036 '(in SET)'
15037 like `any'.
15038
15039 `(not (any SET))'
15040 matches any character not in SET
15041
15042 `line-start'
15043 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
15044 in the text being matched
15045
15046 `line-end'
15047 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
15048
15049 `string-start'
15050 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
15051 string being matched against.
15052
15053 `string-end'
15054 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
15055 string being matched against.
15056
15057 `buffer-start'
15058 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
15059 buffer being matched against.
15060
15061 `buffer-end'
15062 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
15063 buffer being matched against.
15064
15065 `point'
15066 matches the empty string, but only at point.
15067
15068 `word-start'
15069 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15070 word.
15071
15072 `word-end'
15073 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
15074
15075 `word-boundary'
15076 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15077 word.
15078
15079 `(not word-boundary)'
15080 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
15081 word.
15082
15083 `digit'
15084 matches 0 through 9.
15085
15086 `control'
15087 matches ASCII control characters.
15088
15089 `hex-digit'
15090 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
15091
15092 `blank'
15093 matches space and tab only.
15094
15095 `graphic'
15096 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
15097 space, and DEL.
15098
15099 `printing'
15100 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
15101 and DEL.
15102
15103 `alphanumeric'
15104 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15105 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15106
15107 `letter'
15108 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15109 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15110
15111 `ascii'
15112 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
15113
15114 `nonascii'
15115 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
15116
15117 `lower'
15118 matches anything lower-case.
15119
15120 `upper'
15121 matches anything upper-case.
15122
15123 `punctuation'
15124 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15125 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
15126
15127 `space'
15128 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
15129
15130 `word'
15131 matches anything that has word syntax.
15132
15133 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
15134 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
15135 of the following symbols.
15136
15137 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
15138 `punctuation' (\\s.)
15139 `word' (\\sw)
15140 `symbol' (\\s_)
15141 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
15142 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
15143 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
15144 `string-quote' (\\s\")
15145 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
15146 `escape' (\\s\\)
15147 `character-quote' (\\s/)
15148 `comment-start' (\\s<)
15149 `comment-end' (\\s>)
15150
15151 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
15152 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
15153
15154 `(category CATEGORY)'
15155 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
15156 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
15157
15158 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
15159 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
15160 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
15161 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
15162 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
15163 `symbol' (\\c5)
15164 `digit' (\\c6)
15165 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
15166 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
15167 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
15168 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
15169 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
15170 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
15171 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
15172 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
15173 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
15174 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
15175 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
15176 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
15177 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
15178 `ascii' (\\ca)
15179 `arabic' (\\cb)
15180 `chinese' (\\cc)
15181 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
15182 `greek' (\\cg)
15183 `korean' (\\ch)
15184 `indian' (\\ci)
15185 `japanese' (\\cj)
15186 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
15187 `latin' (\\cl)
15188 `lao' (\\co)
15189 `tibetan' (\\cq)
15190 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
15191 `thai' (\\ct)
15192 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
15193 `hebrew' (\\cw)
15194 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
15195 `can-break' (\\c|)
15196
15197 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
15198 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
15199
15200 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15201 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
15202
15203 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15204 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
15205 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
15206
15207 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15208 another name for `submatch'.
15209
15210 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15211 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
15212 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
15213 regular expression.
15214
15215 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
15216 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
15217 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
15218 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
15219 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
15220
15221 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
15222 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
15223
15224 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
15225 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15226
15227 `(0+ SEXP)'
15228 like `zero-or-more'.
15229
15230 `(* SEXP)'
15231 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15232
15233 `(*? SEXP)'
15234 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15235
15236 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
15237 matches one or more occurrences of A.
15238
15239 `(1+ SEXP)'
15240 like `one-or-more'.
15241
15242 `(+ SEXP)'
15243 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15244
15245 `(+? SEXP)'
15246 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15247
15248 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
15249 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
15250
15251 `(optional SEXP)'
15252 like `zero-or-one'.
15253
15254 `(? SEXP)'
15255 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15256
15257 `(?? SEXP)'
15258 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15259
15260 `(repeat N SEXP)'
15261 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15262
15263 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
15264 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15265
15266 `(eval FORM)'
15267 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
15268 `regexp-quote' it.
15269
15270 `(regexp REGEXP)'
15271 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
15272
15273 ;;;***
15274 \f
15275 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
15276 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
15277 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
15278
15279 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
15280 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
15281 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15282
15283 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
15284 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
15285 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
15286 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
15287 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
15288 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
15289 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
15290 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
15291
15292 Commands:
15293 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15294 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15295 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15296 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
15297 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
15298
15299 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
15300 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
15301 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15302
15303 Commands:
15304 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15305 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15306 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15307 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
15308 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
15309 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
15310
15311 ;;;***
15312 \f
15313 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
15314 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
15315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
15316
15317 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
15318 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
15319 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
15320
15321 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
15322
15323 ;;;***
15324 \f
15325 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15394
15326 ;;;;;; 10702))
15327 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
15328
15329 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
15330 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
15331 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
15332 \\{scribe-mode-map}
15333
15334 Interesting variables:
15335
15336 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
15337 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
15338
15339 `scribe-electric-quote'
15340 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
15341
15342 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
15343 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
15344 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
15345
15346 ;;;***
15347 \f
15348 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
15349 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15559 7260))
15350 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
15351
15352 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
15353 Control/track scroll locking.
15354
15355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15356 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
15357
15358 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15359
15360 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
15361
15362 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
15363 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
15364
15365 ;;;***
15366 \f
15367 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
15368 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
15369 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
15370 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
15371 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
15372 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (15593 24726))
15373 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
15374
15375 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
15376 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
15377
15378 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
15379 king@grassland.com
15380 If `parens', they look like:
15381 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15382 If `angles', they look like:
15383 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
15384 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
15385 derived from the envelope-from address.
15386
15387 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
15388 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
15389 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
15390 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
15391
15392 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
15393 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
15394 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
15395 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
15396
15397 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
15398 is a privileged operation.")
15399
15400 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
15401 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
15402 This is done when the message is initialized,
15403 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
15404
15405 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
15406 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
15407 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
15408
15409 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
15410 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
15411
15412 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
15413 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
15414 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
15415 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
15416 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
15417 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
15418 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
15419
15420 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
15421 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
15422
15423 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
15424 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
15425 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
15426
15427 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
15428 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
15429 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
15430 when you first send mail.")
15431
15432 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
15433 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
15434 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
15435 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
15436 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
15437
15438 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
15439 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
15440 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
15441 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
15442 This file need not actually exist.")
15443
15444 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
15445 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
15446 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
15447 If a string, that string is inserted.
15448 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
15449 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
15450 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
15451 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
15452
15453 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
15454 *Directory for mail buffers.
15455 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
15456 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
15457
15458 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
15459 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
15460 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
15461 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
15462 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
15463 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
15464 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
15465 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
15466 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
15467 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
15468 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
15469 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
15470 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
15471 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
15472 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
15473
15474 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
15475 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15476 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15477 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
15478 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
15479 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15480
15481 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
15482 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15483 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
15484
15485 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
15486 User should not set this variable manually,
15487 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
15488 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
15489 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15490 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
15491
15492 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
15493 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
15494 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
15495 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
15496
15497 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
15498 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
15499
15500 \\<mail-mode-map>
15501 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
15502
15503 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
15504 to move to message header fields:
15505 \\{mail-mode-map}
15506
15507 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
15508 when the message is initialized.
15509
15510 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
15511 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
15512
15513 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
15514 is inserted.
15515
15516 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
15517 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
15518
15519 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
15520 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
15521
15522 The second through fifth arguments,
15523 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
15524 the initial contents of those header fields.
15525 These arguments should not have final newlines.
15526 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
15527 original message being replied to, or else an action
15528 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
15529 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
15530 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
15531 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
15532 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
15533 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
15534
15535 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
15536 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
15537
15538 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
15539 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
15540
15541 ;;;***
15542 \f
15543 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15391 29182))
15544 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
15545
15546 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
15547 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
15548 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
15549 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
15550 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
15551 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
15552
15553 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
15554
15555 ;;;***
15556 \f
15557 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
15558 ;;;;;; (15598 57569))
15559 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
15560
15561 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15562 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
15563 Makes > match <.
15564 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
15565 `sgml-quick-keys'.
15566
15567 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
15568 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
15569 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
15570
15571 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
15572 your `.emacs' file.
15573
15574 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
15575
15576 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15577 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
15578 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
15579
15580 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15581 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
15582 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
15583 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
15584 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
15585 which this is based.
15586
15587 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15588
15589 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
15590 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
15591 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
15592 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
15593
15594 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
15595 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
15596 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
15597
15598 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
15599 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
15600 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
15601 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
15602
15603 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
15604 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
15605 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
15606 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
15607
15608 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
15609
15610 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
15611 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
15612 To work around that, do:
15613 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
15614
15615 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
15616
15617 ;;;***
15618 \f
15619 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
15620 ;;;;;; (15437 54281))
15621 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
15622
15623 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
15624
15625 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
15626 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
15627 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
15628 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
15629 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
15630 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
15631
15632 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
15633 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
15634 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
15635 shell-specific features.
15636
15637 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
15638 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
15639 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
15640
15641 \\[sh-case] case statement
15642 \\[sh-for] for loop
15643 \\[sh-function] function definition
15644 \\[sh-if] if statement
15645 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
15646 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
15647 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
15648 \\[sh-select] select loop
15649 \\[sh-until] until loop
15650 \\[sh-while] while loop
15651
15652 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
15653 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
15654 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
15655 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
15656 would indent to the way it currently is.
15657 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
15658 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
15659
15660
15661 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
15662 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
15663 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
15664 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
15665 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
15666 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
15667
15668 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
15669 {, (, [, ', \", `
15670 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
15671
15672 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
15673 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
15674 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
15675
15676 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
15677 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
15678
15679 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
15680
15681 ;;;***
15682 \f
15683 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
15684 ;;;;;; (15524 61380))
15685 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
15686
15687 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
15688 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
15689
15690 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
15691 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
15692 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
15693 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
15694 the earlier.
15695
15696 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
15697
15698 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
15699
15700 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
15701 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
15702 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
15703
15704 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
15705 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
15706
15707 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
15708 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
15709 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
15710 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
15711 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
15712 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
15713 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
15714 emacs version).
15715
15716 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
15717 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
15718 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
15719 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
15720 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
15721
15722 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
15723 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
15724 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
15725
15726 ;;;***
15727 \f
15728 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
15729 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15509
15730 ;;;;;; 450))
15731 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
15732
15733 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
15734 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
15735 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
15736 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
15737 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
15738 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
15739 in the cluster." t nil)
15740
15741 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
15742 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
15743 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
15744 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
15745 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15746
15747 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
15748 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
15749 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
15750 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
15751 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
15752 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
15753 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15754
15755 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
15756 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
15757
15758 ;;;***
15759 \f
15760 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
15761 ;;;;;; (15585 17811))
15762 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
15763
15764 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
15765 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
15766 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
15767 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
15768 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
15769 arguments.")
15770
15771 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
15772 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
15773 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
15774 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
15775 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
15776 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
15777 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
15778 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
15779 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
15780 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
15781 discards input when it starts up.)
15782 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
15783 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
15784 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
15785
15786 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15787 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15788 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15789 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
15790 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15791 `default-process-coding-system'.
15792
15793 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
15794 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
15795 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
15796 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
15797
15798 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15799 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
15800
15801 ;;;***
15802 \f
15803 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15394
15804 ;;;;;; 11051))
15805 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
15806
15807 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
15808 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
15809 \\{simula-mode-map}
15810 Variables controlling indentation style:
15811 simula-tab-always-indent
15812 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
15813 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15814 simula-indent-level
15815 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
15816 simula-substatement-offset
15817 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
15818 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
15819 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
15820 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
15821 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
15822 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
15823 simula-label-offset -4711
15824 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
15825 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
15826 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
15827 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
15828 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
15829 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
15830 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
15831 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
15832 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
15833 simula-electric-indent nil
15834 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
15835 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
15836 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
15837 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
15838 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
15839 or nil if they should not be changed.
15840 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
15841 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
15842 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
15843 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
15844
15845 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
15846 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
15847
15848 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
15849 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
15850 at all." t nil)
15851
15852 ;;;***
15853 \f
15854 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
15855 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
15856 ;;;;;; (15585 17811))
15857 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
15858
15859 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
15860 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
15861
15862 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
15863 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
15864 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
15865 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
15866 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
15867
15868 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
15869 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15870 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15871 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15872 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15873 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15874 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15875
15876 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15877 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15878 ignored." t nil)
15879
15880 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
15881 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15882 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15883 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15884 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15885 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15886 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15887
15888 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15889 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15890 ignored." t nil)
15891
15892 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
15893 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
15894
15895 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
15896 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
15897 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
15898 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
15899
15900 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
15901 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
15902 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
15903 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
15904
15905 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
15906 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
15907 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
15908
15909 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
15910 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
15911
15912 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
15913 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
15914
15915 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
15916 _ interesting point, interregion here
15917 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
15918 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
15919 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
15920 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
15921 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
15922 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
15923 nil skipped
15924
15925 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
15926 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
15927
15928 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
15929 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
15930 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
15931 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
15932 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
15933 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
15934 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
15935 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
15936
15937 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
15938 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
15939 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
15940 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
15941 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
15942 available:
15943
15944 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
15945 then: insert previously read string once more
15946 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
15947 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
15948 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
15949
15950 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
15951 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
15952
15953 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
15954 Insert the character you type ARG times.
15955
15956 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
15957 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
15958 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
15959 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
15960 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
15961 such as backslash.
15962
15963 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
15964 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
15965 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
15966
15967 ;;;***
15968 \f
15969 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15347
15970 ;;;;;; 6543))
15971 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
15972
15973 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
15974 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
15975 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
15976
15977 ;;;***
15978 \f
15979 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
15980 ;;;;;; (14902 55791))
15981 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
15982
15983 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
15984 Display textual smileys as images.
15985 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
15986 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
15987 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
15988
15989 ;;;***
15990 \f
15991 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
15992 ;;;;;; (15583 13479))
15993 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
15994
15995 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
15996
15997 ;;;***
15998 \f
15999 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15540 36607))
16000 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
16001
16002 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
16003 Play the Snake game.
16004 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
16005
16006 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
16007
16008 Snake mode keybindings:
16009 \\<snake-mode-map>
16010 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
16011 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
16012 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16013 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
16014 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
16015 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
16016 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down" t nil)
16017
16018 ;;;***
16019 \f
16020 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
16021 ;;;;;; (15491 16844))
16022 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
16023
16024 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
16025 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
16026 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
16027 Tab indents for C code.
16028 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
16029 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16030 \\{snmp-mode-map}
16031 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
16032 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
16033
16034 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
16035 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
16036 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
16037 Tab indents for C code.
16038 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
16039 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16040 \\{snmp-mode-map}
16041 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
16042 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
16043
16044 ;;;***
16045 \f
16046 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
16047 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
16048 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15533 28773))
16049 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
16050
16051 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
16052 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
16053
16054 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
16055 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
16056 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
16057
16058 For example, the form
16059
16060 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
16061 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
16062
16063 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
16064
16065 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
16066 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
16067
16068 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16069 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
16070 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
16071 York City.
16072
16073 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16074
16075 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
16076 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
16077
16078 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16079 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
16080 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
16081 York City.
16082
16083 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16084
16085 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
16086 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
16087 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
16088 pair.
16089
16090 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16091
16092 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
16093 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
16094 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
16095
16096 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
16097 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
16098
16099 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
16100
16101 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
16102 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
16103 Requires floating point." nil nil)
16104
16105 ;;;***
16106 \f
16107 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15544
16108 ;;;;;; 37711))
16109 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
16110
16111 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
16112 Play Solitaire.
16113
16114 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
16115 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
16116 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
16117 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
16118 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
16119 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
16120 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
16121 check after each move or undo)
16122
16123 What is Solitaire?
16124
16125 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
16126 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
16127 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
16128
16129 Le Solitaire
16130 ============
16131
16132 o o o
16133
16134 o o o
16135
16136 o o o o o o o
16137
16138 o o o . o o o
16139
16140 o o o o o o o
16141
16142 o o o
16143
16144 o o o
16145
16146 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
16147 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
16148 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
16149 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
16150
16151 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
16152 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
16153 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
16154 this: o o .
16155
16156 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
16157 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
16158
16159 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
16160
16161 o o o
16162
16163 . o o
16164
16165 o o . o o o o
16166
16167 o . o o o o o
16168
16169 o o o o o o o
16170
16171 o o o
16172
16173 o o o
16174
16175 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
16176
16177 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
16178
16179 ;;;***
16180 \f
16181 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
16182 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
16183 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15544 37707))
16184 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
16185
16186 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
16187 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
16188 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
16189
16190 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
16191 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
16192 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
16193 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
16194 contiguous.
16195
16196 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
16197 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
16198 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16199 the sort order.
16200
16201 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
16202 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
16203
16204 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
16205 It moves point to the start of the next record.
16206 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
16207 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
16208 is called.
16209
16210 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
16211 It should move point to the end of the record.
16212
16213 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
16214 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
16215 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
16216 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
16217 starts at the beginning of the record.
16218
16219 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
16220 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
16221 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
16222
16223 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
16224 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16225 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16226 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16227 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16228 the sort order." t nil)
16229
16230 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
16231 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16232 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16233 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16234 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16235 the sort order." t nil)
16236
16237 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
16238 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16239 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16240 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16241 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16242 the sort order." t nil)
16243
16244 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
16245 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
16246 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16247 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
16248 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
16249 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
16250 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16251 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16252 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
16253
16254 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
16255 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
16256 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16257 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16258 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16259 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
16260 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16261 the sort order." t nil)
16262
16263 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
16264 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
16265 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
16266 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
16267 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
16268 is to be used for sorting.
16269 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
16270 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
16271 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
16272 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
16273 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
16274
16275 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
16276
16277 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16278 the sort order.
16279
16280 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
16281 starting with the letter \"f\",
16282 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
16283
16284 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
16285 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
16286 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
16287 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
16288 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
16289 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
16290 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16291 the sort order.
16292
16293 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
16294 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
16295 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
16296 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
16297 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
16298
16299 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
16300 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
16301 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
16302
16303 ;;;***
16304 \f
16305 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
16306 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15545 51482))
16307 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
16308
16309 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
16310
16311 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
16312 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
16313 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
16314 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
16315 supported at a time.
16316 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
16317 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
16318
16319 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
16320 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
16321 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
16322 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
16323
16324 ;;;***
16325 \f
16326 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
16327 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15185 49575))
16328 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
16329
16330 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16331
16332 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
16333 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
16334 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
16335 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
16336 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
16337 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
16338
16339 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
16340 Check spelling of word at or before point.
16341 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
16342 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
16343
16344 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
16345 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
16346 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
16347 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
16348 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
16349
16350 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
16351 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
16352
16353 ;;;***
16354 \f
16355 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
16356 ;;;;;; 44944))
16357 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
16358
16359 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
16360 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
16361
16362 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
16363 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
16364
16365 ;;;***
16366 \f
16367 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
16368 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
16369 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15430 11109))
16370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
16371
16372 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
16373 Show short help for the SQL modes.
16374
16375 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
16376 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
16377
16378 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
16379
16380 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
16381 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
16382
16383 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
16384
16385 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
16386 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
16387 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
16388 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
16389 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
16390 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
16391 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
16392
16393 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
16394
16395 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
16396 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
16397 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
16398 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
16399
16400 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
16401 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
16402 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
16403 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
16404
16405 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
16406 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
16407 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
16408
16409 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
16410 Major mode to edit SQL.
16411
16412 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
16413 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
16414 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
16415
16416 \\{sql-mode-map}
16417 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
16418
16419 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
16420 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
16421 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
16422 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
16423 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
16424 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
16425
16426 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
16427 `sql-interactive-mode'.
16428
16429 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
16430 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
16431 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
16432
16433 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
16434 (lambda ()
16435 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))" t nil)
16436
16437 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
16438 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
16439
16440 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16441 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16442 `*SQL*'.
16443
16444 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
16445 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16446 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
16447 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
16448
16449 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16450 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16451
16452 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16453 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16454 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16455 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16456 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16457 `default-process-coding-system'.
16458
16459 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16460
16461 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
16462 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
16463
16464 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16465 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16466 `*SQL*'.
16467
16468 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
16469 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
16470 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16471 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
16472
16473 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16474 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16475
16476 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16477 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16478 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16479 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16480 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16481 `default-process-coding-system'.
16482
16483 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16484
16485 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
16486 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
16487
16488 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16489 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16490 `*SQL*'.
16491
16492 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
16493 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16494
16495 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16496 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16497
16498 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16499 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16500 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16501 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16502 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16503 `default-process-coding-system'.
16504
16505 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16506
16507 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
16508 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
16509
16510 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
16511
16512 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16513 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16514 `*SQL*'.
16515
16516 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
16517 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
16518 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16519 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
16520
16521 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16522 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16523
16524 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16525 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16526 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16527 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16528 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16529 `default-process-coding-system'.
16530
16531 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16532
16533 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
16534 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
16535
16536 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16537 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16538 `*SQL*'.
16539
16540 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
16541 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
16542 defaults, if set.
16543
16544 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16545 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16546
16547 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16548 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16549 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16550 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16551 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16552 `default-process-coding-system'.
16553
16554 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16555
16556 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
16557 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
16558
16559 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16560 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16561 `*SQL*'.
16562
16563 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
16564 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16565
16566 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16567 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16568
16569 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16570 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16571 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16572 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16573 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16574 `default-process-coding-system'.
16575
16576 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16577
16578 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
16579 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
16580
16581 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16582 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16583 `*SQL*'.
16584
16585 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
16586 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
16587 as defaults, if set.
16588
16589 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16590 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16591
16592 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16593 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16594 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16595 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16596 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16597 `default-process-coding-system'.
16598
16599 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16600
16601 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
16602 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
16603
16604 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16605 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16606 `*SQL*'.
16607
16608 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
16609 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
16610 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
16611 `sql-postgres-options'.
16612
16613 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16614 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16615
16616 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16617 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16618 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16619 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16620 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16621 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
16622 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
16623 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
16624
16625 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
16626 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
16627
16628 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16629
16630 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
16631 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
16632
16633 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16634 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16635 `*SQL*'.
16636
16637 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
16638 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16639 defaults, if set.
16640
16641 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16642 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16643
16644 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16645 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16646 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16647 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16648 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16649 `default-process-coding-system'.
16650
16651 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16652
16653 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
16654 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
16655
16656 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16657 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16658 `*SQL*'.
16659
16660 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
16661 automatic login.
16662
16663 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16664 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16665
16666 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
16667 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
16668 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
16669 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
16670
16671 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16672 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16673 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16674 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16675 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16676 `default-process-coding-system'.
16677
16678 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16679
16680 ;;;***
16681 \f
16682 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
16683 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
16684 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
16685 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
16686 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
16687 ;;;;;; (15571 26633))
16688 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
16689
16690 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
16691 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
16692 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
16693 or M-x strokes-mode.")
16694
16695 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16696
16697 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
16698
16699 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
16700 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
16701 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
16702 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
16703 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
16704 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
16705
16706 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
16707
16708 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
16709 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16710 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16711 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
16712 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
16713 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
16714 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16715
16716 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16717 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16718 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16719 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
16720 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
16721 then complete the stroke with button3.
16722 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16723
16724 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
16725 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16726 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16727
16728 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16729 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16730 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16731
16732 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
16733 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
16734
16735 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
16736
16737 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
16738 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
16739
16740 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
16741 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
16742
16743 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
16744
16745 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
16746 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
16747 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
16748 chronologically by command name.
16749 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
16750
16751 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
16752 Toggle strokes being enabled.
16753 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
16754 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
16755 mode in all buffers when activated.
16756 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
16757 new strokes with
16758
16759 > M-x global-set-stroke
16760
16761 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
16762 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
16763 strokes with
16764
16765 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
16766 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
16767
16768 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
16769 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
16770 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
16771 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
16772
16773 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16774 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
16775
16776 ;;;***
16777 \f
16778 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
16779 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15365 61265))
16780 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
16781
16782 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
16783 Studlify-case the region." t nil)
16784
16785 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
16786 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument." t nil)
16787
16788 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
16789 Studlify-case the current buffer." t nil)
16790
16791 ;;;***
16792 \f
16793 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
16794 ;;;;;; (15498 37604))
16795 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
16796
16797 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
16798 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
16799 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
16800 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
16801 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
16802 original message but it does require a few things:
16803
16804 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
16805
16806 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
16807 reply buffer.
16808
16809 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
16810 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
16811 original message.
16812
16813 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
16814
16815 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
16816
16817 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
16818 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
16819 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
16820
16821 ;;;***
16822 \f
16823 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15569
16824 ;;;;;; 44241))
16825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
16826
16827 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
16828 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
16829 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
16830 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
16831
16832 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
16833 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
16834 avoid a more expansive scan.
16835 Point is at POS when this function returns." nil nil)
16836
16837 ;;;***
16838 \f
16839 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
16840 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
16841
16842 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
16843 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
16844 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16845 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16846 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16847
16848 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
16849 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
16850 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
16851 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
16852 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16853 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16854 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16855
16856 ;;;***
16857 \f
16858 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15569 44240))
16859 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
16860
16861 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
16862 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
16863
16864 ;;;***
16865 \f
16866 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15590 49016))
16867 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
16868
16869 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
16870 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
16871 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
16872 Letters no longer insert themselves.
16873 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
16874 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
16875 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
16876
16877 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
16878 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
16879 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
16880 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
16881
16882 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
16883 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
16884
16885 ;;;***
16886 \f
16887 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
16888 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15533 28779))
16889 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
16890
16891 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
16892 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
16893 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
16894 Tab indents for Tcl code.
16895 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16896 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16897
16898 Variables controlling indentation style:
16899 `tcl-indent-level'
16900 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
16901 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
16902 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
16903
16904 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
16905 documentation for details):
16906 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
16907 Controls action of TAB key.
16908 `tcl-auto-newline'
16909 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
16910 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
16911 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
16912 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
16913 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
16914
16915 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
16916 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
16917 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
16918 already exist.
16919
16920 Commands:
16921 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
16922
16923 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
16924 Run inferior Tcl process.
16925 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
16926 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
16927
16928 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
16929 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
16930 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
16931
16932 ;;;***
16933 \f
16934 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15430 11124))
16935 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
16936 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
16937
16938 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
16939 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16940 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
16941 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
16942 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
16943 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
16944 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16945 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
16946
16947 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
16948 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16949 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
16950 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16951
16952 ;;;***
16953 \f
16954 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15549
16955 ;;;;;; 60240))
16956 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
16957
16958 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
16959 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
16960 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
16961 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
16962 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
16963 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
16964
16965 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
16966 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16967
16968 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
16969 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16970
16971 ;;;***
16972 \f
16973 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15490
16974 ;;;;;; 38811))
16975 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
16976
16977 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
16978 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
16979 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
16980 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
16981 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
16982 program as keyboard input.
16983
16984 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
16985 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
16986 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
16987 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
16988
16989 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
16990 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
16991 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
16992 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
16993 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
16994
16995 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
16996
16997 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
16998 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
16999 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
17000 terminal-redisplay-interval.
17001
17002 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
17003 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
17004 subprocess started." t nil)
17005
17006 ;;;***
17007 \f
17008 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15540 36638))
17009 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
17010
17011 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
17012 Play the Tetris game.
17013 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
17014 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
17015 as to form complete rows.
17016
17017 tetris-mode keybindings:
17018 \\<tetris-mode-map>
17019 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
17020 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
17021 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
17022 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
17023 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
17024 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
17025 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
17026 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
17027
17028 " t nil)
17029
17030 ;;;***
17031 \f
17032 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
17033 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
17034 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17035 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
17036 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
17037 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
17038 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
17039 ;;;;;; (15568 22304))
17040 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
17041
17042 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
17043 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
17044
17045 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
17046 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
17047 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
17048 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
17049 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
17050
17051 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
17052 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
17053 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
17054 if it matches the first line of the file,
17055 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
17056
17057 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
17058 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
17059 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
17060 if the variable is non-nil.")
17061
17062 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
17063 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
17064
17065 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
17066 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
17067 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17068 See the documentation of that variable.")
17069
17070 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
17071 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
17072 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17073 See the documentation of that variable.")
17074
17075 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
17076 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
17077 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17078 See the documentation of that variable.")
17079
17080 (defvar tex-start-options nil "\
17081 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
17082 These precede the commands in `tex-start-options'
17083 and the input file name. If nil, TeX runs with no options.
17084 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
17085
17086 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
17087 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
17088 These precede the input file name. If nil, no commands are used.
17089 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
17090
17091 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
17092 *User defined LaTeX block names.
17093 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
17094
17095 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
17096 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
17097 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17098 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
17099
17100 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
17101 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17102 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17103 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
17104
17105 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
17106 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
17107 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17108 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
17109
17110 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
17111 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
17112 for example,
17113
17114 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17115 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
17116
17117 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
17118 use.")
17119
17120 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
17121 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
17122 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17123 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
17124
17125 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
17126 window system being used. For example,
17127
17128 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
17129 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
17130
17131 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
17132 otherwise.")
17133
17134 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
17135 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
17136 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
17137
17138 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
17139 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
17140 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
17141 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
17142 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
17143
17144 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
17145 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17146
17147 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
17148 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17149
17150 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17151 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
17152 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
17153 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
17154 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
17155 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
17156 says which mode to use." t nil)
17157
17158 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
17159
17160 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
17161
17162 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
17163
17164 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17165 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
17166 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17167 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17168 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17169
17170 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
17171 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
17172 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17173 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17174 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17175 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17176 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17177
17178 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17179 mismatched $'s or braces.
17180
17181 Special commands:
17182 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
17183
17184 Mode variables:
17185 tex-run-command
17186 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17187 tex-directory
17188 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
17189 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17190 tex-dvi-print-command
17191 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17192 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17193 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17194 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17195 tex-dvi-view-command
17196 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17197 tex-show-queue-command
17198 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17199 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17200
17201 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17202 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
17203 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17204
17205 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17206 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
17207 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17208 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17209 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17210
17211 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17212 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17213 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17214 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17215 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17216 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17217 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17218
17219 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17220 mismatched $'s or braces.
17221
17222 Special commands:
17223 \\{latex-mode-map}
17224
17225 Mode variables:
17226 latex-run-command
17227 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17228 tex-directory
17229 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
17230 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17231 tex-dvi-print-command
17232 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17233 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17234 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17235 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17236 tex-dvi-view-command
17237 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17238 tex-show-queue-command
17239 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17240 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17241
17242 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
17243 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
17244 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17245
17246 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17247 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
17248 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17249 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17250 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17251
17252 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17253 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17254 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17255 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17256 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17257 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17258 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17259
17260 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17261 mismatched $'s or braces.
17262
17263 Special commands:
17264 \\{slitex-mode-map}
17265
17266 Mode variables:
17267 slitex-run-command
17268 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17269 tex-directory
17270 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
17271 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17272 tex-dvi-print-command
17273 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17274 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17275 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17276 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17277 tex-dvi-view-command
17278 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17279 tex-show-queue-command
17280 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17281 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17282
17283 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17284 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
17285 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
17286 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17287
17288 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
17289
17290 ;;;***
17291 \f
17292 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
17293 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15498 37611))
17294 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
17295
17296 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
17297 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
17298 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17299 name specified in the @setfilename command.
17300
17301 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
17302 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
17303 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
17304
17305 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
17306 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
17307 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
17308 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
17309 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
17310
17311 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
17312 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
17313 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17314 names specified in the @setfilename command.
17315
17316 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
17317 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
17318 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
17319 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
17320
17321 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
17322 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
17323
17324 ;;;***
17325 \f
17326 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
17327 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15565 44318))
17328 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
17329
17330 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
17331 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17332
17333 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
17334 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17335
17336 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
17337 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
17338
17339 It has these extra commands:
17340 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
17341
17342 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
17343 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
17344 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
17345 modified version of TeX input format.
17346
17347 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
17348 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
17349 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
17350 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
17351
17352 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
17353 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
17354 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
17355 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
17356 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
17357 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
17358 in the Texinfo file.
17359
17360 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
17361 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
17362 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
17363 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
17364 move forward past the closing brace.
17365
17366 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
17367 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
17368
17369 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
17370 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
17371 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
17372
17373 Here are the functions:
17374
17375 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
17376 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
17377 texinfo-sequential-node-update
17378
17379 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
17380 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
17381 texinfo-master-menu
17382
17383 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
17384
17385 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
17386 which menu descriptions are indented.
17387
17388 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
17389 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
17390 in the region.
17391
17392 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
17393 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
17394 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
17395 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
17396
17397 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
17398 be the first node in the file.
17399
17400 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
17401 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
17402
17403 ;;;***
17404 \f
17405 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
17406 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
17407 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15382 18841))
17408 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
17409
17410 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
17411 Compose Thai characters in the region.
17412 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17413 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
17414
17415 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
17416 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
17417
17418 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
17419 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
17420
17421 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
17422
17423 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
17424 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
17425 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
17426 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
17427 to compose.
17428
17429 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
17430
17431 ;;;***
17432 \f
17433 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
17434 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
17435 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15185 49574))
17436 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
17437
17438 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
17439 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
17440
17441 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17442 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
17443 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17444 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17445 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17446
17447 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17448 a symbol as a valid THING.
17449
17450 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
17451 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
17452
17453 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17454 Return the THING at point.
17455 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17456 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17457 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17458
17459 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17460 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
17461
17462 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17463
17464 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17465
17466 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17467
17468 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17469
17470 ;;;***
17471 \f
17472 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
17473 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
17474 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
17475 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
17476 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
17477 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (15576 41093))
17478 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
17479
17480 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
17481 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
17482 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
17483
17484 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
17485 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
17486
17487 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
17488 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
17489 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
17490
17491 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17492 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
17493
17494 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17495 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
17496
17497 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17498 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
17499 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
17500 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." t nil)
17501
17502 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17503 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
17504 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
17505 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." nil nil)
17506
17507 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17508
17509 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17510 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
17511 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
17512
17513 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17514 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
17515 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
17516
17517 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17518
17519 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17520
17521 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17522
17523 ;;;***
17524 \f
17525 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
17526 ;;;;;; (15489 14486))
17527 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
17528
17529 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
17530 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
17531 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17532 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17533 parameters.
17534 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17535
17536 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
17537 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
17538 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17539 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17540 parameters.
17541 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17542
17543 ;;;***
17544 \f
17545 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
17546 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15567 16402))
17547 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
17548
17549 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
17550 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
17551
17552 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
17553 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17554 This display updates automatically every minute.
17555 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17556 are displayed as well.
17557 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17558
17559 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
17560 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
17561 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17562 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17563 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
17564
17565 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17566
17567 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
17568
17569 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
17570 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17571 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
17572
17573 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
17574 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17575 are displayed as well.
17576 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17577
17578 ;;;***
17579 \f
17580 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
17581 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
17582 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
17583 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
17584 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
17585
17586 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17587 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value." nil nil)
17588
17589 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
17590 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value." nil nil)
17591
17592 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
17593 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2." nil nil)
17594
17595 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
17596 Convert DAYS into a time value." nil nil)
17597
17598 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
17599 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
17600 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string." nil nil)
17601
17602 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
17603
17604 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
17605 Subtract two time values.
17606 Return the difference in the format of a time value." nil nil)
17607
17608 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
17609 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference." nil nil)
17610
17611 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
17612 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
17613 DATE should be a date-time string." nil nil)
17614
17615 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
17616 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
17617 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings." nil nil)
17618
17619 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
17620 Return t if YEAR is a leap year." nil nil)
17621
17622 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
17623 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year." nil nil)
17624
17625 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
17626 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
17627 TIME should be a time value.
17628 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary." nil nil)
17629
17630 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17631 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
17632 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros." nil nil)
17633
17634 ;;;***
17635 \f
17636 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
17637 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15590 49016))
17638 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
17639
17640 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
17641 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
17642 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
17643 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
17644 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
17645 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
17646 look like one of the following:
17647 Time-stamp: <>
17648 Time-stamp: \" \"
17649 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
17650 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
17651 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
17652 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
17653 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
17654 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
17655 template." t nil)
17656
17657 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
17658 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
17659 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17660
17661 ;;;***
17662 \f
17663 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
17664 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
17665 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
17666 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
17667 ;;;;;; (15332 4541))
17668 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
17669
17670 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
17671 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
17672 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
17673 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
17674 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
17675 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
17676 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
17677 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
17678
17679 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
17680 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17681 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
17682 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
17683 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
17684 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
17685 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
17686 this function is called within a day.
17687
17688 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
17689 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
17690 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
17691 discover the name of the project." t nil)
17692
17693 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
17694 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17695 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
17696 begun during the last time segment.
17697
17698 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
17699 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
17700 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
17701 discover the reason." t nil)
17702
17703 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
17704 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
17705
17706 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
17707 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
17708 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
17709 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
17710 project you were working on." t nil)
17711
17712 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
17713 Ask the user before clocking out.
17714 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
17715
17716 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
17717 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
17718 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
17719
17720 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
17721 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
17722 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
17723 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
17724 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
17725 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
17726
17727 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
17728 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
17729 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
17730 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
17731
17732 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
17733 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
17734 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
17735 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
17736 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
17737 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
17738 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
17739 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
17740 non-nil." t nil)
17741
17742 ;;;***
17743 \f
17744 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
17745 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
17746 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15293 31965))
17747 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
17748
17749 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
17750
17751 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
17752 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
17753
17754 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
17755 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
17756
17757 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
17758 Perform an action at time TIME.
17759 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17760 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
17761 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
17762 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
17763 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
17764 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17765
17766 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17767
17768 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
17769 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
17770 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17771 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
17772 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17773
17774 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17775
17776 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
17777 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
17778 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
17779 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
17780
17781 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
17782 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
17783 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17784 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
17785
17786 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
17787 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
17788
17789 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17790 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17791
17792 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
17793 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
17794 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
17795 The call should look like:
17796 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
17797 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
17798 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
17799 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
17800 be detected." nil (quote macro))
17801
17802 ;;;***
17803 \f
17804 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
17805 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15538 21134))
17806 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
17807
17808 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17809 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
17810 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
17811 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
17812
17813 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17814 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
17815 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
17816 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
17817 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
17818 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
17819 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
17820
17821 ;;;***
17822 \f
17823 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
17824 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15556 56039))
17825 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
17826 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
17827 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
17828 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
17829
17830 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
17831 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17832 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
17833 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
17834 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
17835
17836 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
17837 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17838 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
17839 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
17840 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
17841
17842 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
17843 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
17844 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
17845 in the menu in two ways:
17846 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
17847 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
17848 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
17849
17850 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
17851 keymap or an alist of alists.
17852 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
17853 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
17854
17855 ;;;***
17856 \f
17857 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
17858 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
17859 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 46974))
17860 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
17861
17862 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
17863 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
17864
17865 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
17866 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
17867
17868 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
17869 Insert new TODO list entry.
17870 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
17871 category." t nil)
17872
17873 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
17874 List top priorities for each category.
17875
17876 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
17877 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
17878
17879 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
17880 between each category." t nil)
17881
17882 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
17883 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
17884 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
17885 between each category.
17886
17887 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
17888
17889 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
17890 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
17891
17892 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
17893
17894 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
17895 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
17896
17897 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
17898 Show TODO list." t nil)
17899
17900 ;;;***
17901 \f
17902 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
17903 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
17904 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15574 58331))
17905 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
17906
17907 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
17908 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
17909 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17911 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
17912
17913 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17914
17915 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
17916
17917 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
17918 Toggle use of the tool bar.
17919 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
17920
17921 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
17922 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
17923
17924 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17925
17926 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
17927 Add an item to the tool bar.
17928 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17929 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17930 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17931 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17932
17933 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17934 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17935 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
17936
17937 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
17938 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
17939
17940 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
17941 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
17942 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17943 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17944 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17945 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17946
17947 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17948 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17949 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'." nil nil)
17950
17951 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17952 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17953 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
17954 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
17955 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
17956 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
17957 properties to add to the binding.
17958
17959 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
17960
17961 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
17962 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
17963
17964 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17965 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17966 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
17967 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
17968 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
17969 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
17970 properties to add to the binding.
17971
17972 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap." nil nil)
17973
17974 ;;;***
17975 \f
17976 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
17977 ;;;;;; (15605 8122))
17978 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
17979
17980 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
17981 Mode for tooltip display.
17982 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
17983
17984 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
17985 Toggle tooltip-mode.
17986 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17987 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
17988
17989 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17990
17991 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
17992
17993 ;;;***
17994 \f
17995 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15400
17996 ;;;;;; 24828))
17997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
17998
17999 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
18000
18001 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
18002
18003 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
18004 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
18005
18006 ;;;***
18007 \f
18008 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
18009 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15186 56483))
18010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
18011
18012 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
18013 Set scroll margins." t nil)
18014
18015 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
18016 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
18017
18018 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
18019 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
18020
18021 ;;;***
18022 \f
18023 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15293 32313))
18024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
18025
18026 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
18027 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
18028 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
18029 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
18030 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
18031
18032 ;;;***
18033 \f
18034 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
18035 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14582 7181))
18036 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
18037
18038 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
18039 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
18040
18041 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
18042 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
18043 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
18044 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
18045 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
18046 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
18047 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
18048 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
18049
18050 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
18051 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
18052 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
18053 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
18054 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
18055 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
18056 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
18057
18058 ;;;***
18059 \f
18060 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
18061 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15304 37383))
18062 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
18063 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
18064 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
18065 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
18066
18067 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
18068 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
18069 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
18070 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
18071 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
18072 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
18073 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
18074
18075 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
18076 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
18077 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
18078 accepting the proposed default buffer.
18079
18080 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
18081
18082 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
18083 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
18084 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
18085 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
18086 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
18087 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
18088 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
18089
18090 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
18091 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
18092
18093 First column's text sSs Second column's text
18094 \\___/\\
18095 / \\
18096 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
18097
18098 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
18099
18100 ;;;***
18101 \f
18102 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
18103 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
18104 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
18105 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14890 29229))
18106 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
18107
18108 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
18109 Toggle typing break mode.
18110 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
18111 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18112 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
18113
18114 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18115
18116 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
18117
18118 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
18119 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
18120
18121 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
18122 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
18123
18124 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
18125 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
18126 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
18127
18128 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
18129 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
18130
18131 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
18132 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
18133 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
18134
18135 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
18136 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
18137 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
18138 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
18139 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
18140 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
18141
18142 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
18143 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
18144 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
18145 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
18146
18147 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
18148 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
18149
18150 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
18151 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
18152
18153 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
18154 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
18155 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
18156
18157 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
18158 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
18159 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
18160 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
18161 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
18162 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
18163 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
18164
18165 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
18166 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
18167
18168 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
18169 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
18170 reset the keystroke counter.
18171
18172 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
18173 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
18174 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
18175 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
18176
18177 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
18178 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
18179 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
18180 `type-break-schedule' command.
18181
18182 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
18183 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
18184 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
18185 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
18186 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
18187 or not to continue.
18188
18189 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
18190 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
18191 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
18192 approximate good values for this.
18193
18194 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
18195 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
18196
18197 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
18198 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
18199 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
18200 `type-break-warning-repeat'
18201 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
18202 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
18203
18204 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
18205 a typing break occur. They include:
18206
18207 `type-break-query-mode'
18208 `type-break-query-function'
18209 `type-break-query-interval'
18210
18211 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
18212
18213 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
18214 Take a typing break.
18215
18216 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
18217 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
18218
18219 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
18220 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
18221
18222 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
18223 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
18224 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
18225 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
18226
18227 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
18228 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
18229
18230 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
18231 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
18232 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
18233 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
18234 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
18235 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
18236 average typing speed.)
18237
18238 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
18239 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
18240 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
18241 the computed maximum threshold.
18242
18243 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
18244 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
18245 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
18246 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
18247 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
18248
18249 ;;;***
18250 \f
18251 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
18252 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15185 49575))
18253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
18254
18255 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
18256 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
18257 Works by overstriking underscores.
18258 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18259 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18260
18261 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
18262 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
18263 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18264 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18265
18266 ;;;***
18267 \f
18268 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
18269 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14471 54769))
18270 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
18271
18272 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18273 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
18274 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
18275
18276 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18277 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
18278 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
18279 following the containing message." t nil)
18280
18281 ;;;***
18282 \f
18283 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
18284 ;;;;;; (15214 26446))
18285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
18286
18287 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18288 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
18289 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
18290 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
18291 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
18292 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
18293
18294 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18295 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
18296
18297 ;;;***
18298 \f
18299 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
18300 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
18302
18303 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
18304 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
18305 This function has a choice of three things to do:
18306 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
18307 to refrain from editing the file
18308 return t (grab the lock on the file)
18309 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
18310 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
18311 in any way you like." nil nil)
18312
18313 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
18314 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
18315 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
18316 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
18317 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
18318
18319 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
18320 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
18321
18322 ;;;***
18323 \f
18324 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
18325 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15185 54813))
18326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
18327
18328 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
18329 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
18330 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
18331 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
18332
18333 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
18334 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
18335 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
18336
18337 ;;;***
18338 \f
18339 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
18340 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
18341 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
18342 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers
18343 ;;;;;; vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action
18344 ;;;;;; vc-do-command edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook
18345 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15496 13874))
18346 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
18347
18348 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
18349 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
18350 See `run-hooks'.")
18351
18352 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
18353 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
18354 See `run-hooks'.")
18355
18356 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
18357 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
18358 See `run-hooks'.")
18359
18360 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
18361 Return the branch part of a revision number REV." nil nil)
18362
18363 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
18364 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
18365 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
18366 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
18367 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
18368 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
18369
18370 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
18371 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
18372 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
18373 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
18374 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
18375
18376 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
18377 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
18378 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
18379 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
18380 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
18381 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
18382 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
18383 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
18384 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
18385 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
18386 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
18387
18388 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
18389 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
18390
18391 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
18392 it will operate on the file in the current line.
18393
18394 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
18395 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
18396 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
18397 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
18398 lock steals will raise an error.
18399
18400 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
18401
18402 For RCS and SCCS files:
18403 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18404 control.
18405 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
18406 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
18407 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
18408 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
18409 it performs a revert.
18410 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
18411 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
18412 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
18413 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
18414 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
18415 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
18416 the option to steal the lock.
18417
18418 For CVS files:
18419 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18420 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
18421 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
18422 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
18423 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
18424 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
18425 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
18426 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
18427 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
18428
18429 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
18430 Register the current file into a version control system.
18431 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
18432 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
18433
18434 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
18435 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
18436 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
18437 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
18438 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
18439 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
18440
18441 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
18442 Display diffs between file versions.
18443 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
18444 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
18445 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
18446 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
18447 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
18448 saving the buffer." t nil)
18449
18450 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
18451 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
18452 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
18453 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil)
18454
18455 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
18456 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
18457 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
18458 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
18459
18460 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
18461 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
18462 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
18463 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
18464 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
18465 from the current branch.
18466
18467 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
18468
18469 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
18470 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
18471 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
18472
18473 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
18474 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
18475
18476 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
18477
18478 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
18479 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
18480
18481 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
18482 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
18483 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
18484 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
18485 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
18486 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
18487
18488 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
18489 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
18490 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
18491 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
18492 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
18493 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
18494
18495 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
18496 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
18497
18498 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
18499 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
18500 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
18501 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
18502 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
18503
18504 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
18505 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
18506 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
18507 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
18508 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
18509 the current branch are merged into the working file." t nil)
18510
18511 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
18512 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
18513 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
18514
18515 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
18516 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
18517 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
18518 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
18519 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
18520 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
18521 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
18522
18523 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
18524 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
18525 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
18526 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
18527 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
18528 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
18529 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
18530 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
18531 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
18532
18533 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
18534 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
18535
18536 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
18537 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
18538 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
18539 directory.
18540
18541 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
18542
18543 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
18544 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
18545 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
18546
18547 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
18548 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
18549
18550 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
18551 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
18552
18553 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
18554 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
18555 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
18556 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
18557 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
18558 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18559
18560 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
18561 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
18562 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
18563 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
18564 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
18565 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
18566 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
18567 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18568
18569 Customization variables:
18570
18571 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
18572 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
18573 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
18574 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
18575
18576 ;;;***
18577 \f
18578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15583 13479))
18579 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
18580 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
18581 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
18582 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
18583 (require 'vc-cvs)
18584 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
18585
18586 ;;;***
18587 \f
18588 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
18589 ;;;;;; (15510 21813))
18590 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
18591
18592 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
18593 *Where to look for RCS master files.
18594 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18595
18596 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
18597
18598 ;;;***
18599 \f
18600 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
18601 ;;;;;; (15510 21813))
18602 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
18603
18604 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
18605 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
18606 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18607
18608 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
18609
18610 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
18611 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
18612 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
18613 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
18614
18615 ;;;***
18616 \f
18617 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
18618 ;;;;;; (15440 59334))
18619 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
18620
18621 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
18622 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
18623
18624 Usage:
18625 ------
18626
18627 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
18628 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
18629 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
18630 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
18631 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
18632 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
18633 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
18634 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
18635 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
18636 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
18637 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18638 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
18639 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
18640 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
18641 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
18642 The following abbreviations can also be used:
18643 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
18644 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
18645 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18646
18647 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
18648 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
18649 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
18650
18651 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
18652 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
18653 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
18654 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
18655 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
18656 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
18657 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
18658 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
18659 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
18660
18661 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
18662 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
18663 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
18664 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
18665 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
18666 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
18667 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
18668 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
18669
18670 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
18671 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
18672 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
18673
18674 - COMMENTS:
18675 `--' puts a single comment.
18676 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
18677 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
18678 comment in between.
18679 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
18680 following lines.
18681 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
18682 uncomments a region if already commented out.
18683
18684 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
18685 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
18686 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
18687 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
18688 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
18689 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
18690 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
18691 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
18692 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
18693 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
18694 multi-line comments.
18695
18696 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
18697 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
18698 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
18699 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
18700 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
18701 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
18702 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
18703 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
18704 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
18705
18706 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
18707 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
18708 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
18709 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
18710 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
18711 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
18712 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
18713 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
18714 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
18715 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
18716
18717 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
18718 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
18719 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
18720 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
18721 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
18722 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
18723 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
18724 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
18725 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
18726 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
18727 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
18728 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
18729 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
18730
18731 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
18732
18733 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
18734 menu).
18735
18736 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
18737
18738 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
18739 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
18740 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
18741 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
18742 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
18743
18744 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
18745 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
18746 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
18747 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
18748 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
18749 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
18750 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
18751 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
18752 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
18753
18754 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
18755 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
18756 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
18757 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
18758 specified.
18759
18760 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
18761 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
18762 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
18763 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
18764 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
18765 the current directory for VHDL source files.
18766
18767 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
18768 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
18769 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
18770 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
18771 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
18772 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
18773 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
18774 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
18775 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
18776 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
18777 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
18778
18779 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
18780 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
18781 Math Packages.
18782
18783 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
18784 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
18785 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
18786 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
18787 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
18788 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
18789 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
18790 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
18791
18792 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
18793 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
18794 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
18795 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
18796 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
18797 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
18798
18799 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
18800 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
18801 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
18802 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
18803 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
18804
18805 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
18806 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
18807 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
18808 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
18809 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
18810
18811 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
18812 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
18813 highlighted if written in lower case.
18814
18815 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
18816 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
18817 is non-nil.
18818
18819 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
18820 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
18821 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
18822
18823 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
18824 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
18825 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
18826
18827 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
18828 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
18829 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
18830
18831 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
18832 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
18833 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
18834 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
18835 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
18836 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
18837 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
18838
18839 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
18840 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
18841 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
18842 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
18843 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
18844
18845 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
18846 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
18847 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
18848 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18849
18850 - HINTS:
18851 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
18852
18853
18854 Maintenance:
18855 ------------
18856
18857 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
18858 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
18859
18860 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18861
18862 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
18863 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
18864 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
18865 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18866
18867 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
18868 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
18869 version and release notes can be found.
18870
18871
18872 Bugs and Limitations:
18873 ---------------------
18874
18875 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
18876 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
18877 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
18878 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
18879 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
18880 does not work under XEmacs.
18881
18882
18883 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
18884 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
18885
18886 Key bindings:
18887 -------------
18888
18889 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
18890
18891 ;;;***
18892 \f
18893 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15186 53885))
18894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
18895
18896 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
18897 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
18898 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
18899 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
18900
18901 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
18902 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
18903 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
18904 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
18905 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
18906
18907 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
18908 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
18909
18910 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
18911
18912 * Limitations and unsupported features
18913 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
18914 not supported.
18915 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
18916 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
18917
18918 * Modifications
18919 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
18920 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
18921 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
18922 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
18923 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
18924 for undoing a repeated change command.
18925 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
18926 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
18927 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
18928
18929 * Extensions
18930 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
18931 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
18932 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
18933 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
18934 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
18935 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
18936 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
18937 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
18938
18939 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
18940
18941 ;;;***
18942 \f
18943 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
18944 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
18945 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
18946 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15565 44318))
18947 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
18948
18949 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
18950 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
18951
18952 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18953 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
18954 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18955 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18956
18957 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18958 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
18959
18960 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18961 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
18962 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18963 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18964
18965 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18966 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
18967
18968 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18969
18970 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18971
18972 ;;;***
18973 \f
18974 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
18975 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
18976 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15349
18977 ;;;;;; 43162))
18978 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
18979
18980 (defvar view-mode nil "\
18981 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
18982 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
18983 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
18984
18985 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
18986
18987 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
18988 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18989 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18990 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18991 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18992 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18993 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18994
18995 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18996
18997 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
18998 View FILE in View mode in another window.
18999 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
19000 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19001 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19002 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19003 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19004 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19005
19006 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19007
19008 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
19009 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
19010 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
19011 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19012 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19013 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19014 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19015 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19016
19017 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19018
19019 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
19020 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
19021 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19022 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19023 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19024 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19025 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19026
19027 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19028
19029 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19030 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19031 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19032
19033 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
19034 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
19035 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
19036 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19037 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19038 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19039 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19040 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19041
19042 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19043
19044 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19045 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19046 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19047
19048 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
19049 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
19050 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
19051 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19052 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19053 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19054 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19055 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19056
19057 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19058
19059 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19060 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19061 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19062
19063 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
19064 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
19065 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
19066
19067 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
19068 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
19069 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
19070 read-only.
19071 \\<view-mode-map>
19072 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
19073 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
19074 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
19075 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
19076 commands default to a repeat count of one.
19077
19078 H, h, ? This message.
19079 Digits provide prefix arguments.
19080 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
19081 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
19082 > move to the end of buffer.
19083 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
19084 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
19085 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
19086 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
19087 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
19088 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
19089 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
19090 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
19091 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
19092 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
19093 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
19094 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
19095 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
19096 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
19097 Use this to view a changing file.
19098 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
19099 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
19100 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
19101 . set the mark.
19102 x exchanges point and mark.
19103 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
19104 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
19105 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
19106 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
19107 ' go to position saved in character register.
19108 s do forward incremental search.
19109 r do reverse incremental search.
19110 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
19111 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
19112 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
19113 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
19114 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
19115 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
19116 p searches backward for last regular expression.
19117 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
19118 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
19119 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
19120 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
19121 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
19122 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
19123 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
19124 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
19125
19126 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
19127 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
19128 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
19129 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
19130 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
19131 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
19132 will return to that buffer.
19133
19134 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19135
19136 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
19137 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
19138 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
19139 `view-return-to-alist'.
19140 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
19141 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
19142 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
19143
19144 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
19145 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
19146 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
19147 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
19148 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
19149 1) nil Do nothing.
19150 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
19151 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
19152 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
19153 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
19154
19155 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19156
19157 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
19158
19159 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
19160 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
19161
19162 ;;;***
19163 \f
19164 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15186 56483))
19165 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
19166
19167 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
19168 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
19169
19170 ;;;***
19171 \f
19172 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
19173 ;;;;;; (15564 59462))
19174 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
19175
19176 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
19177 Toggle Viper on/off.
19178 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
19179
19180 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
19181 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
19182
19183 ;;;***
19184 \f
19185 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15381 44879))
19186 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
19187
19188 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
19189 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
19190
19191 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
19192 hotlist.
19193
19194 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
19195 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
19196
19197 ;;;***
19198 \f
19199 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
19200 ;;;;;; (15356 16861))
19201 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
19202
19203 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
19204
19205 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
19206 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
19207 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19208 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19209 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
19210
19211 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19212
19213 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
19214
19215 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
19216 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
19217 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
19218 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
19219
19220 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
19221 and off otherwise." t nil)
19222
19223 ;;;***
19224 \f
19225 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
19226 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
19227 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
19228 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
19229 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
19230 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15384 59073))
19231 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
19232
19233 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
19234 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
19235
19236 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
19237 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
19238
19239 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
19240 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
19241
19242 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
19243 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
19244
19245 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
19246 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
19247
19248 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
19249 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
19250 These are:
19251 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19252 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19253 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
19254 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19255 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19256
19257 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
19258 and:
19259 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
19260 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
19261
19262 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
19263 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
19264
19265 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
19266 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
19267
19268 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
19269 whitespace problems." t nil)
19270
19271 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
19272 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
19273
19274 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
19275 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
19276
19277 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19278 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
19279 \(which see).")
19280
19281 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19282
19283 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
19284
19285 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
19286 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
19287 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
19288
19289 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
19290 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
19291
19292 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
19293 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
19294 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
19295
19296 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
19297 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
19298
19299 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
19300 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
19301
19302 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19303 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19304 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
19305 replaced with TABS).
19306 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19307 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19308
19309 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
19310
19311 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
19312 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
19313
19314 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
19315 i - Indentation whitespace.
19316 l - Leading whitespace.
19317 s - Space followed by Tab.
19318 t - Trailing whitespace.
19319
19320 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
19321 !<y>.
19322
19323 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
19324 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
19325 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
19326 always they default to 8.)
19327
19328 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
19329 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
19330 even print it.
19331
19332 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
19333 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
19334 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
19335 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
19336 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
19337 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
19338 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
19339 to set smarttab.)
19340
19341 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
19342 merge problems.
19343
19344 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
19345 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
19346 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
19347
19348 ;;;***
19349 \f
19350 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
19351 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15467 59919))
19352 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
19353
19354 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
19355 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
19356
19357 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
19358 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
19359
19360 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
19361 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
19362
19363 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
19364 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
19365 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19366
19367 ;;;***
19368 \f
19369 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
19370 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15593
19371 ;;;;;; 24724))
19372 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
19373
19374 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
19375 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget." nil nil)
19376
19377 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
19378 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
19379 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
19380
19381 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
19382 Create widget of TYPE.
19383 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
19384
19385 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
19386 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
19387
19388 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
19389 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only." nil nil)
19390
19391 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
19392 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
19393 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
19394
19395 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
19396 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works." nil nil)
19397
19398 ;;;***
19399 \f
19400 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
19401 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15576
19402 ;;;;;; 17070))
19403 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
19404
19405 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
19406 Select the window to the left of the current one.
19407 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19408 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19409 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
19410 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19411 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19412
19413 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
19414 Select the window above the current one.
19415 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
19416 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
19417 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
19418 negative ARG) of the current window.
19419 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19420
19421 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
19422 Select the window to the right of the current one.
19423 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19424 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
19425 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
19426 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
19427 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19428
19429 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
19430 Select the window below the current one.
19431 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19432 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19433 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
19434 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19435 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19436
19437 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
19438 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
19439 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
19440 Default MODIFIER is 'shift." t nil)
19441
19442 ;;;***
19443 \f
19444 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
19445 ;;;;;; (15483 45821))
19446 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
19447
19448 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
19449 Toggle winner-mode.
19450 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19451 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
19452
19453 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19454
19455 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
19456
19457 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
19458 Toggle Winner mode.
19459 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19460
19461 ;;;***
19462 \f
19463 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
19464 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15584 9753))
19465 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
19466
19467 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
19468 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
19469 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
19470 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
19471 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
19472 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
19473 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
19474 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
19475
19476 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
19477 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
19478
19479 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
19480 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
19481
19482 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
19483 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
19484 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
19485 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
19486 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
19487 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
19488 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
19489 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
19490
19491 ;;;***
19492 \f
19493 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
19494 ;;;;;; (15394 13301))
19495 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
19496
19497 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
19498 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
19499
19500 BUGS:
19501 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
19502 are not implemented
19503 - Options for search and replace
19504 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
19505 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
19506
19507 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
19508 Emacs-like.
19509
19510 The key bindings are:
19511
19512 C-a backward-word
19513 C-b fill-paragraph
19514 C-c scroll-up-line
19515 C-d forward-char
19516 C-e previous-line
19517 C-f forward-word
19518 C-g delete-char
19519 C-h backward-char
19520 C-i indent-for-tab-command
19521 C-j help-for-help
19522 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
19523 C-l ws-repeat-search
19524 C-n open-line
19525 C-p quoted-insert
19526 C-r scroll-down-line
19527 C-s backward-char
19528 C-t kill-word
19529 C-u keyboard-quit
19530 C-v overwrite-mode
19531 C-w scroll-down
19532 C-x next-line
19533 C-y kill-complete-line
19534 C-z scroll-up
19535
19536 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
19537 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
19538 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
19539 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
19540 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
19541 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
19542 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
19543 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
19544 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
19545 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
19546 C-k b ws-begin-block
19547 C-k c ws-copy-block
19548 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
19549 C-k f find-file
19550 C-k h ws-show-markers
19551 C-k i ws-indent-block
19552 C-k k ws-end-block
19553 C-k p ws-print-block
19554 C-k q kill-emacs
19555 C-k r insert-file
19556 C-k s save-some-buffers
19557 C-k t ws-mark-word
19558 C-k u ws-exdent-block
19559 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
19560 C-k v ws-move-block
19561 C-k w ws-write-block
19562 C-k x kill-emacs
19563 C-k y ws-delete-block
19564
19565 C-o c wordstar-center-line
19566 C-o b switch-to-buffer
19567 C-o j justify-current-line
19568 C-o k kill-buffer
19569 C-o l list-buffers
19570 C-o m auto-fill-mode
19571 C-o r set-fill-column
19572 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
19573 C-o wd delete-other-windows
19574 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
19575 C-o wo other-window
19576 C-o wv split-window-vertically
19577
19578 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
19579 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
19580 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
19581 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
19582 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
19583 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
19584 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
19585 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
19586 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
19587 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
19588 C-q a ws-query-replace
19589 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
19590 C-q c end-of-buffer
19591 C-q d end-of-line
19592 C-q f ws-search
19593 C-q k ws-to-block-end
19594 C-q l ws-undo
19595 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
19596 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
19597 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
19598 C-q w ws-last-error
19599 C-q y ws-kill-eol
19600 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
19601 " t nil)
19602
19603 ;;;***
19604 \f
19605 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15544
19606 ;;;;;; 37707))
19607 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
19608
19609 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
19610 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
19611 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
19612
19613 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
19614
19615 ;;;***
19616 \f
19617 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
19618 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15397 31808))
19619 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
19620
19621 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
19622 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
19623
19624 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
19625 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
19626
19627 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
19628 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
19629 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
19630
19631 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
19632 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
19633
19634 ;;;***
19635 \f
19636 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15422 4402))
19637 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
19638
19639 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
19640 Zone out, completely." t nil)
19641
19642 ;;;***
19643 \f
19644 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
19645 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15567 16402))
19646 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
19647
19648 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
19649 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified." t nil)
19650
19651 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
19652 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
19653
19654 Zone-mode does two things:
19655
19656 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
19657 when saving the file
19658
19659 - fontification" t nil)
19660
19661 ;;;***
19662 \f
19663 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
19664 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/georgian.el" "international/utf-8-subst.el"
19665 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-tables.el" "international/mule.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
19666 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
19667 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
19668 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "term/x-win.el"
19669 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "net/ldap.el" "xscheme.el" "w32-vars.el"
19670 ;;;;;; "version.el" "uniquify.el" "subr.el" "startup.el" "mouse.el"
19671 ;;;;;; "menu-bar.el" "loadup.el" "indent.el" "filesets.el" "faces.el"
19672 ;;;;;; "custom.el" "abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "allout.el" "bindings.el"
19673 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "byte-run.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
19674 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el"
19675 ;;;;;; "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-hook.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
19676 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
19677 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "env.el" "finder-inf.el" "float-sup.el" "foldout.el"
19678 ;;;;;; "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "generic-x.el"
19679 ;;;;;; "help.el" "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "map-ynp.el" "misc.el"
19680 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-parse.el"
19681 ;;;;;; "pcvs-util.el" "regi.el" "register.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
19682 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "tempo.el" "timezone.el" "unused.el"
19683 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
19684 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "xml.el"
19685 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
19686 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
19687 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
19688 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
19689 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
19690 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
19691 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
19692 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
19693 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
19694 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
19695 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
19696 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el"
19697 ;;;;;; "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
19698 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
19699 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
19700 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
19701 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
19702 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
19703 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
19704 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
19705 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
19706 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
19707 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/netrc.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
19708 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
19709 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
19710 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
19711 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19712 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
19713 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
19714 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
19715 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
19716 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el"
19717 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
19718 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
19719 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
19720 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
19721 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
19722 ;;;;;; "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
19723 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
19724 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-draft.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
19725 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
19726 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
19727 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
19728 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
19729 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
19730 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
19731 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
19732 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
19733 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
19734 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
19735 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
19736 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
19737 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el"
19738 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
19739 ;;;;;; "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
19740 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
19741 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "international/characters.el"
19742 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
19743 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
19744 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
19745 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
19746 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
19747 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/swedish.el"
19748 ;;;;;; "international/utf-8.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/czech.el"
19749 ;;;;;; "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
19750 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
19751 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el"
19752 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
19753 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
19754 ;;;;;; "language/vietnamese.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
19755 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mh-pick.el" "mail/mh-seq.el"
19756 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/uce.el"
19757 ;;;;;; "mail/vms-pmail.el" "obsolete/c-mode.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el"
19758 ;;;;;; "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el"
19759 ;;;;;; "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el"
19760 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
19761 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
19762 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
19763 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
19764 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
19765 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
19766 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
19767 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
19768 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el"
19769 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
19770 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
19771 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
19772 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
19773 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
19774 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
19775 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
19776 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
19777 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
19778 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
19779 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
19780 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
19781 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
19782 ;;;;;; "files.el" "font-core.el" "pcvs-info.el" "replace.el" "select.el"
19783 ;;;;;; "simple.el" "subdirs.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "language/cyrillic.el")
19784 ;;;;;; (15618 38135 28962))
19785
19786 ;;;***
19787 \f
19788 ;;; Local Variables:
19789 ;;; version-control: never
19790 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
19791 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
19792 ;;; End:
19793 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here